Media library user interfaces

Abstract

The present disclosure generally relates to navigation, display, and / or presentation of content.

Description

Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 MEDIA LIBRARY USER INTERFACES CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

[0001] This application claims priority to U.S. Patent Application No.18 / 898,615, entitled “MEDIA LIBRARY USER INTERFACES,” filed September 26, 2024, and to U.S. Patent Application No.18 / 898,610, entitled “MEDIA LIBRARY USER INTERFACES,” filed September 26, 2024, and to U.S. Patent Application No.18 / 898,416, entitled “MEDIA LIBRARY USER INTERFACES,” filed September 26, 2024, and to U.S. Provisional Patent Application No.63 / 709,498, entitled “MEDIA LIBRARY USER INTERFACES,” filed October 20, 2024, and to U.S. Provisional Patent Application No.63 / 657,813, entitled “MEDIA LIBRARY USER INTERFACES,” filed June 8, 2024, and to U.S. Provisional Patent Application No.63 / 631,428, entitled “MEDIA LIBRARY USER INTERFACES,” filed April 8, 2024, and to U.S. Provisional Patent Application No.63 / 552,041, entitled “MEDIA LIBRARY USER INTERFACES,” filed February 9, 2024. The contents of each of these applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. FIELD

[0002] The present disclosure relates generally to computer user interfaces, and more specifically to techniques for navigating, displaying, and / or presenting content, such as content items in a media library. BACKGROUND

[0003] As the storage capacity and processing power of devices continue to increase, coupled with the rise of effortless media sharing between interconnected devices, the size of users’ libraries of media items (e.g., photos and videos) continues to increase. BRIEF SUMMARY

[0004] Some techniques for navigating, displaying, and / or presenting content using electronic devices, however, are generally cumbersome and inefficient. For example, some existing techniques use a complex and time-consuming user interface, which may include multiple key presses or keystrokes. Existing techniques require more time than necessary, wasting user time and device energy. This latter consideration is particularly important in battery-operated devices. 1 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501

[0005] Accordingly, the present technique provides electronic devices with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for navigating, displaying, and / or presenting content. Such methods and interfaces optionally complement or replace other methods for navigating, displaying, and / or presenting content. Such methods and interfaces reduce the cognitive burden on a user and produce a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery- operated computing devices, such methods and interfaces conserve power and increase the time between battery charges.

[0006] In some embodiments, a method is disclosed. The method comprises: at a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a representation of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item; while displaying the representation of the media library, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first user input; and in response to detecting the first user input: in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a first direction, updating, via the one or more display generation components, an appearance of the representation of the media library, including navigating through representations of a first plurality of the plurality of media items of the media library in a first scroll direction; and in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a second direction different from the first direction, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, at least a portion of a representation of a first media collection of media items from the media library that was not displayed prior to detecting the first user input, wherein: the first media collection includes a first subset of the plurality of media items of the media library; and the first subset of the plurality of media items is selected for inclusion in the first media collection based on a first set of criteria.

[0007] In some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is disclosed. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a representation of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item 2 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 different from the first media item; while displaying the representation of the media library, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first user input; and in response to detecting the first user input: in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a first direction, updating, via the one or more display generation components, an appearance of the representation of the media library, including navigating through representations of a first plurality of the plurality of media items of the media library in a first scroll direction; and in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a second direction different from the first direction, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, at least a portion of a representation of a first media collection of media items from the media library that was not displayed prior to detecting the first user input, wherein: the first media collection includes a first subset of the plurality of media items of the media library; and the first subset of the plurality of media items is selected for inclusion in the first media collection based on a first set of criteria.

[0008] In some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is disclosed. The transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a representation of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item; while displaying the representation of the media library, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first user input; and in response to detecting the first user input: in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a first direction, updating, via the one or more display generation components, an appearance of the representation of the media library, including navigating through representations of a first plurality of the plurality of media items of the media library in a first scroll direction; and in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a second direction different from the first direction, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, at least a portion of a representation of a first media collection of media items from the media library that was not displayed prior to detecting the first user input, wherein: the first media collection includes a first subset of the plurality of media items of the media library; and the first subset of the plurality of media items is selected for inclusion in the first media collection based on a first set of criteria. 3 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501

[0009] In some embodiments, a computer system is disclosed. The computer system is configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, and comprises: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a representation of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item; while displaying the representation of the media library, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first user input; and in response to detecting the first user input: in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a first direction, updating, via the one or more display generation components, an appearance of the representation of the media library, including navigating through representations of a first plurality of the plurality of media items of the media library in a first scroll direction; and in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a second direction different from the first direction, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, at least a portion of a representation of a first media collection of media items from the media library that was not displayed prior to detecting the first user input, wherein: the first media collection includes a first subset of the plurality of media items of the media library; and the first subset of the plurality of media items is selected for inclusion in the first media collection based on a first set of criteria.

[0010] In some embodiments, a computer system is disclosed. The computer system is configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, and comprises: means for displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a representation of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item; means for, while displaying the representation of the media library, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first user input; and means for, in response to detecting the first user input: in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a first direction, updating, via the one or more display generation components, an appearance of the representation of the media library, including navigating through representations of a first plurality of the plurality of media items of the media library in a first scroll direction; and in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a second direction different from the first direction, displaying, via the 4 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 one or more display generation components, at least a portion of a representation of a first media collection of media items from the media library that was not displayed prior to detecting the first user input, wherein: the first media collection includes a first subset of the plurality of media items of the media library; and the first subset of the plurality of media items is selected for inclusion in the first media collection based on a first set of criteria.

[0011] In some embodiments, a computer program product is disclosed. The computer program product comprises one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a representation of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item; while displaying the representation of the media library, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first user input; and in response to detecting the first user input: in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a first direction, updating, via the one or more display generation components, an appearance of the representation of the media library, including navigating through representations of a first plurality of the plurality of media items of the media library in a first scroll direction; and in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a second direction different from the first direction, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, at least a portion of a representation of a first media collection of media items from the media library that was not displayed prior to detecting the first user input, wherein: the first media collection includes a first subset of the plurality of media items of the media library; and the first subset of the plurality of media items is selected for inclusion in the first media collection based on a first set of criteria.

[0012] In some embodiments, a method is disclosed. The method comprises: at a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first representation of a first media collection, wherein: the first media collection includes a first plurality of media items from a media library; and displaying the first representation of the first media collection includes concurrently displaying: an animated media representation that corresponds to a second plurality of media items selected from the 5 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 first media collection, wherein displaying the animated media representation includes sequentially displaying different media items in the second plurality of media items over time; and a media collection region that includes concurrently displaying representations of at least some of the first plurality of media items of the first media collection, including a first representation representative of a first media item and a second representation representative of a second media item different from the first media item; while displaying the first representation of the first media collection, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first user input; and in response to detecting the first user input: in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a first direction, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, expansion of the animated media representation to occupy a greater display area of the one or more display generation components than was occupied by the animated media representation prior to detecting the first user input; and in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a second direction different from the first direction, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, expansion of the media collection region to occupy a greater display area of the one or more display generation components than was occupied by the media collection region prior to detecting the first user input.

[0013] In some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is disclosed. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first representation of a first media collection, wherein: the first media collection includes a first plurality of media items from a media library; and displaying the first representation of the first media collection includes concurrently displaying: an animated media representation that corresponds to a second plurality of media items selected from the first media collection, wherein displaying the animated media representation includes sequentially displaying different media items in the second plurality of media items over time; and a media collection region that includes concurrently displaying representations of at least some of the first plurality of media items of the first media collection, including a first representation representative of a first media item and a second representation representative of a second media item different from the first media item; while displaying the first representation of the first media collection, detecting, via the one or 6 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 more input devices, a first user input; and in response to detecting the first user input: in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a first direction, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, expansion of the animated media representation to occupy a greater display area of the one or more display generation components than was occupied by the animated media representation prior to detecting the first user input; and in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a second direction different from the first direction, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, expansion of the media collection region to occupy a greater display area of the one or more display generation components than was occupied by the media collection region prior to detecting the first user input.

[0014] In some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is disclosed. The transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first representation of a first media collection, wherein: the first media collection includes a first plurality of media items from a media library; and displaying the first representation of the first media collection includes concurrently displaying: an animated media representation that corresponds to a second plurality of media items selected from the first media collection, wherein displaying the animated media representation includes sequentially displaying different media items in the second plurality of media items over time; and a media collection region that includes concurrently displaying representations of at least some of the first plurality of media items of the first media collection, including a first representation representative of a first media item and a second representation representative of a second media item different from the first media item; while displaying the first representation of the first media collection, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first user input; and in response to detecting the first user input: in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a first direction, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, expansion of the animated media representation to occupy a greater display area of the one or more display generation components than was occupied by the animated media representation prior to detecting the first user input; and in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a second direction different from the first direction, displaying, via the 7 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 one or more display generation components, expansion of the media collection region to occupy a greater display area of the one or more display generation components than was occupied by the media collection region prior to detecting the first user input.

[0015] In some embodiments, a computer system is disclosed. The computer system is configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, and comprises: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first representation of a first media collection, wherein: the first media collection includes a first plurality of media items from a media library; and displaying the first representation of the first media collection includes concurrently displaying: an animated media representation that corresponds to a second plurality of media items selected from the first media collection, wherein displaying the animated media representation includes sequentially displaying different media items in the second plurality of media items over time; and a media collection region that includes concurrently displaying representations of at least some of the first plurality of media items of the first media collection, including a first representation representative of a first media item and a second representation representative of a second media item different from the first media item; while displaying the first representation of the first media collection, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first user input; and in response to detecting the first user input: in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a first direction, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, expansion of the animated media representation to occupy a greater display area of the one or more display generation components than was occupied by the animated media representation prior to detecting the first user input; and in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a second direction different from the first direction, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, expansion of the media collection region to occupy a greater display area of the one or more display generation components than was occupied by the media collection region prior to detecting the first user input.

[0016] In some embodiments, a computer system is disclosed. The computer system is configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, and comprises: means for displaying, via the one or more display generation 8 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 components, a first representation of a first media collection, wherein: the first media collection includes a first plurality of media items from a media library; and displaying the first representation of the first media collection includes concurrently displaying: an animated media representation that corresponds to a second plurality of media items selected from the first media collection, wherein displaying the animated media representation includes sequentially displaying different media items in the second plurality of media items over time; and a media collection region that includes concurrently displaying representations of at least some of the first plurality of media items of the first media collection, including a first representation representative of a first media item and a second representation representative of a second media item different from the first media item; means for, while displaying the first representation of the first media collection, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first user input; and means for, in response to detecting the first user input: in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a first direction, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, expansion of the animated media representation to occupy a greater display area of the one or more display generation components than was occupied by the animated media representation prior to detecting the first user input; and in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a second direction different from the first direction, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, expansion of the media collection region to occupy a greater display area of the one or more display generation components than was occupied by the media collection region prior to detecting the first user input.

[0017] In some embodiments, a computer program product is disclosed. The computer program product comprises one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first representation of a first media collection, wherein: the first media collection includes a first plurality of media items from a media library; and displaying the first representation of the first media collection includes concurrently displaying: an animated media representation that corresponds to a second plurality of media items selected from the first media collection, wherein displaying the animated media representation includes sequentially displaying different media items in the second plurality of media items over time; and a media collection region that includes concurrently displaying representations of at least some of the first 9 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 plurality of media items of the first media collection, including a first representation representative of a first media item and a second representation representative of a second media item different from the first media item; while displaying the first representation of the first media collection, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first user input; and in response to detecting the first user input: in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a first direction, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, expansion of the animated media representation to occupy a greater display area of the one or more display generation components than was occupied by the animated media representation prior to detecting the first user input; and in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a second direction different from the first direction, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, expansion of the media collection region to occupy a greater display area of the one or more display generation components than was occupied by the media collection region prior to detecting the first user input.

[0018] In some embodiments, a method is disclosed. The method comprises: at a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a search user interface, including: displaying, within the search user interface, a representation of a first query and a representation of a first set of content that is responsive to the first query); and after displaying the representation of the first query and the representation of the first set of content: automatically ceasing display of the representation of the first set of content that is responsive to the first query; and automatically displaying a representation of a second query and a representation of a second set of content that is responsive to the second query, wherein the second set of content is different from the first set of content and the second query is different from the first query.

[0019] In some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is disclosed. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a search user interface, including: displaying, within the search user interface, a representation of a first query and a representation of a first set of content that is responsive 10 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 to the first query); and after displaying the representation of the first query and the representation of the first set of content: automatically ceasing display of the representation of the first set of content that is responsive to the first query; and automatically displaying a representation of a second query and a representation of a second set of content that is responsive to the second query, wherein the second set of content is different from the first set of content and the second query is different from the first query.

[0020] In some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is disclosed. The transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a search user interface, including: displaying, within the search user interface, a representation of a first query and a representation of a first set of content that is responsive to the first query); and after displaying the representation of the first query and the representation of the first set of content: automatically ceasing display of the representation of the first set of content that is responsive to the first query; and automatically displaying a representation of a second query and a representation of a second set of content that is responsive to the second query, wherein the second set of content is different from the first set of content and the second query is different from the first query.

[0021] In some embodiments, a computer system is disclosed. The computer system is configured to communicate with one or more display generation components, and comprises: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a search user interface, including: displaying, within the search user interface, a representation of a first query and a representation of a first set of content that is responsive to the first query); and after displaying the representation of the first query and the representation of the first set of content: automatically ceasing display of the representation of the first set of content that is responsive to the first query; and automatically displaying a representation of a second query and a representation of a second set of content that is responsive to the second query, wherein the second set of content is different from the first set of content and the second query is different from the first query. 11 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501

[0022] In some embodiments, a computer system is disclosed. The computer system is configured to communicate with one or more display generation components, and comprises: means for displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a search user interface, including: means for displaying, within the search user interface, a representation of a first query and a representation of a first set of content that is responsive to the first query); and means for, after displaying the representation of the first query and the representation of the first set of content: automatically ceasing display of the representation of the first set of content that is responsive to the first query; and automatically displaying a representation of a second query and a representation of a second set of content that is responsive to the second query, wherein the second set of content is different from the first set of content and the second query is different from the first query.

[0023] In some embodiments, a computer program product is disclosed. The computer program product comprises one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a search user interface, including: displaying, within the search user interface, a representation of a first query and a representation of a first set of content that is responsive to the first query); and after displaying the representation of the first query and the representation of the first set of content: automatically ceasing display of the representation of the first set of content that is responsive to the first query; and automatically displaying a representation of a second query and a representation of a second set of content that is responsive to the second query, wherein the second set of content is different from the first set of content and the second query is different from the first query.

[0024] In some embodiments, a method is disclosed. The method comprises: at a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a first user input that corresponds to a first term in a search query that includes multiple terms; and in response to receiving the first user input that corresponds to the first term: in accordance with a determination that the first term meets ambiguity criteria, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first prompt prompting a user to provide one or more user 12 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 inputs clarifying the meaning of the first term without changing other terms in the search query.

[0025] In some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is disclosed. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a first user input that corresponds to a first term in a search query that includes multiple terms; and in response to receiving the first user input that corresponds to the first term: in accordance with a determination that the first term meets ambiguity criteria, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first prompt prompting a user to provide one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the first term without changing other terms in the search query.

[0026] In some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is disclosed. The transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a first user input that corresponds to a first term in a search query that includes multiple terms; and in response to receiving the first user input that corresponds to the first term: in accordance with a determination that the first term meets ambiguity criteria, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first prompt prompting a user to provide one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the first term without changing other terms in the search query.

[0027] In some embodiments, a computer system is disclosed. The computer system is configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, and comprises: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a first user input that corresponds to a first term in a search query that includes multiple terms; and in response to receiving the first user input that corresponds to the first term: in accordance with a determination that the first term meets ambiguity criteria, displaying, via the one or more 13 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 display generation components, a first prompt prompting a user to provide one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the first term without changing other terms in the search query.

[0028] In some embodiments, a computer system is disclosed. The computer system is configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, and comprises: means for receiving, via the one or more input devices, a first user input that corresponds to a first term in a search query that includes multiple terms; and means for, in response to receiving the first user input that corresponds to the first term: in accordance with a determination that the first term meets ambiguity criteria, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first prompt prompting a user to provide one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the first term without changing other terms in the search query.

[0029] In some embodiments, a computer program product is disclosed. The computer program product comprises one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a first user input that corresponds to a first term in a search query that includes multiple terms; and in response to receiving the first user input that corresponds to the first term: in accordance with a determination that the first term meets ambiguity criteria, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first prompt prompting a user to provide one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the first term without changing other terms in the search query.

[0030] In some embodiments, a method is disclosed. The method comprises: at a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices: concurrently displaying, via the one or more display generation components: a representation of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item and the representation of the media library includes representations of multiple different media items from the media library; and a memory generation option; while concurrently displaying the representation of the media library and the memory generation option, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a selection input 14 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 corresponding to selection of the memory generation option; and in response to receiving the selection input corresponding to selection of the memory generation option: initiating a process for generating a memory collection that includes a plurality of media items that are automatically selected from the media library based on a respective set of terms wherein the plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the memory collection.

[0031] In some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is disclosed. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more inputs devices, and the one or more programs include instructions for: concurrently displaying, via the one or more display generation components: a representation of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item and the representation of the media library includes representations of multiple different media items from the media library; and a memory generation option; while concurrently displaying the representation of the media library and the memory generation option, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a selection input corresponding to selection of the memory generation option; and in response to receiving the selection input corresponding to selection of the memory generation option: initiating a process for generating a memory collection that includes a plurality of media items that are automatically selected from the media library based on a respective set of terms wherein the plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the memory collection.

[0032] In some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is disclosed. The transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more inputs devices, and the one or more programs include instructions for: concurrently displaying, via the one or more display generation components: a representation of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item and the representation of the media library includes representations of multiple different media items from the media library; and 15 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 a memory generation option; while concurrently displaying the representation of the media library and the memory generation option, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a selection input corresponding to selection of the memory generation option; and in response to receiving the selection input corresponding to selection of the memory generation option: initiating a process for generating a memory collection that includes a plurality of media items that are automatically selected from the media library based on a respective set of terms wherein the plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the memory collection.

[0033] In some embodiments, a computer system is disclosed. The computer system is configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, and comprises: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: concurrently displaying, via the one or more display generation components: a representation of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item and the representation of the media library includes representations of multiple different media items from the media library; and a memory generation option; while concurrently displaying the representation of the media library and the memory generation option, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a selection input corresponding to selection of the memory generation option; and in response to receiving the selection input corresponding to selection of the memory generation option: initiating a process for generating a memory collection that includes a plurality of media items that are automatically selected from the media library based on a respective set of terms wherein the plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the memory collection.

[0034] In some embodiments, a computer system is disclosed. The computer system is configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, and comprises: means for concurrently displaying, via the one or more display generation components: a representation of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item and the representation of the media library includes representations of multiple different media items from the media library; and a memory 16 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 generation option; means for, while concurrently displaying the representation of the media library and the memory generation option, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a selection input corresponding to selection of the memory generation option; and means for, in response to receiving the selection input corresponding to selection of the memory generation option: initiating a process for generating a memory collection that includes a plurality of media items that are automatically selected from the media library based on a respective set of terms wherein the plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the memory collection.

[0035] In some embodiments, a computer program product is disclosed. The computer program product comprises one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, and the one or more programs include instructions for: concurrently displaying, via the one or more display generation components: a representation of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item and the representation of the media library includes representations of multiple different media items from the media library; and a memory generation option; while concurrently displaying the representation of the media library and the memory generation option, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a selection input corresponding to selection of the memory generation option; and in response to receiving the selection input corresponding to selection of the memory generation option: initiating a process for generating a memory collection that includes a plurality of media items that are automatically selected from the media library based on a respective set of terms wherein the plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the memory collection.

[0036] In some embodiments, a method is disclosed. The method comprises: at a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices: detecting, via the one or more input devices, a user request to generate a memory collection, wherein the request to generate the memory collection includes one or more terms entered by a user; and in response to detecting the user request to generate a memory collection: in accordance with a determination that the one or more terms includes a first set of one or more terms, generating a first memory collection that includes a 17 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 first plurality of media items that are automatically selected from a media library associated with the user based on the first set of one or more terms entered by the user, wherein the first plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the first memory collection; and in accordance with a determination that the one or more terms includes a second set of one or more terms that are different from the first set of one or more terms, generating a second memory collection that includes a second plurality of media items that are automatically selected from the media library associated with the user based on the second set of one or more terms entered by the user, wherein the second plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the second memory collection and the second plurality of media items is different from the first plurality of media items.

[0037] In some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is disclosed. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more inputs devices, and the one or more programs include instructions for: detecting, via the one or more input devices, a user request to generate a memory collection, wherein the request to generate the memory collection includes one or more terms entered by a user; and in response to detecting the user request to generate a memory collection: in accordance with a determination that the one or more terms includes a first set of one or more terms, generating a first memory collection that includes a first plurality of media items that are automatically selected from a media library associated with the user based on the first set of one or more terms entered by the user, wherein the first plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the first memory collection; and in accordance with a determination that the one or more terms includes a second set of one or more terms that are different from the first set of one or more terms, generating a second memory collection that includes a second plurality of media items that are automatically selected from the media library associated with the user based on the second set of one or more terms entered by the user, wherein the second plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the second memory collection and the second plurality of media items is different from the first plurality of media items. 18 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501

[0038] In some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is disclosed. The transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more inputs devices, and the one or more programs include instructions for: detecting, via the one or more input devices, a user request to generate a memory collection, wherein the request to generate the memory collection includes one or more terms entered by a user; and in response to detecting the user request to generate a memory collection: in accordance with a determination that the one or more terms includes a first set of one or more terms, generating a first memory collection that includes a first plurality of media items that are automatically selected from a media library associated with the user based on the first set of one or more terms entered by the user, wherein the first plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the first memory collection; and in accordance with a determination that the one or more terms includes a second set of one or more terms that are different from the first set of one or more terms, generating a second memory collection that includes a second plurality of media items that are automatically selected from the media library associated with the user based on the second set of one or more terms entered by the user, wherein the second plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the second memory collection and the second plurality of media items is different from the first plurality of media items.

[0039] In some embodiments, a computer system is disclosed. The computer system is configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, and comprises: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: detecting, via the one or more input devices, a user request to generate a memory collection, wherein the request to generate the memory collection includes one or more terms entered by a user; and in response to detecting the user request to generate a memory collection: in accordance with a determination that the one or more terms includes a first set of one or more terms, generating a first memory collection that includes a first plurality of media items that are automatically selected from a media library associated with the user based on the first set of one or more terms entered by the user, wherein the first plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user 19 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 to be included in the first memory collection; and in accordance with a determination that the one or more terms includes a second set of one or more terms that are different from the first set of one or more terms, generating a second memory collection that includes a second plurality of media items that are automatically selected from the media library associated with the user based on the second set of one or more terms entered by the user, wherein the second plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the second memory collection and the second plurality of media items is different from the first plurality of media items.

[0040] In some embodiments, a computer system is disclosed. The computer system is configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, and comprises: means for detecting, via the one or more input devices, a user request to generate a memory collection, wherein the request to generate the memory collection includes one or more terms entered by a user; and means for, in response to detecting the user request to generate a memory collection: in accordance with a determination that the one or more terms includes a first set of one or more terms, generating a first memory collection that includes a first plurality of media items that are automatically selected from a media library associated with the user based on the first set of one or more terms entered by the user, wherein the first plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the first memory collection; and in accordance with a determination that the one or more terms includes a second set of one or more terms that are different from the first set of one or more terms, generating a second memory collection that includes a second plurality of media items that are automatically selected from the media library associated with the user based on the second set of one or more terms entered by the user, wherein the second plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the second memory collection and the second plurality of media items is different from the first plurality of media items.

[0041] In some embodiments, a computer program product is disclosed. The computer program product comprises one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, and the one or more programs include instructions for: detecting, via the one or more input devices, a user request to generate a 20 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 memory collection, wherein the request to generate the memory collection includes one or more terms entered by a user; and in response to detecting the user request to generate a memory collection: in accordance with a determination that the one or more terms includes a first set of one or more terms, generating a first memory collection that includes a first plurality of media items that are automatically selected from a media library associated with the user based on the first set of one or more terms entered by the user, wherein the first plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the first memory collection; and in accordance with a determination that the one or more terms includes a second set of one or more terms that are different from the first set of one or more terms, generating a second memory collection that includes a second plurality of media items that are automatically selected from the media library associated with the user based on the second set of one or more terms entered by the user, wherein the second plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the second memory collection and the second plurality of media items is different from the first plurality of media items.

[0042] In some embodiments, a method is disclosed. The method comprises: at a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a representation of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item; while displaying the representation of the media library, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a request to display the first media item; and in response to detecting the request to display the first media item: in accordance with a determination that first criteria are satisfied, wherein the first criteria include a requirement that the first media item is a non-spatial media item in order for the first criteria to be met, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the first media item with a spatial conversion option that, when selected, causes the computer system to initiate a process for converting the first media item from a non-spatial media item to a spatial media item that includes stereoscopic depth.

[0043] In some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is disclosed. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is 21 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more inputs devices, and the one or more programs include instructions for: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a representation of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item; while displaying the representation of the media library, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a request to display the first media item; and in response to detecting the request to display the first media item: in accordance with a determination that first criteria are satisfied, wherein the first criteria include a requirement that the first media item is a non-spatial media item in order for the first criteria to be met, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the first media item with a spatial conversion option that, when selected, causes the computer system to initiate a process for converting the first media item from a non-spatial media item to a spatial media item that includes stereoscopic depth.

[0044] In some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is disclosed. The transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more inputs devices, and the one or more programs include instructions for: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a representation of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item; while displaying the representation of the media library, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a request to display the first media item; and in response to detecting the request to display the first media item: in accordance with a determination that first criteria are satisfied, wherein the first criteria include a requirement that the first media item is a non-spatial media item in order for the first criteria to be met, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the first media item with a spatial conversion option that, when selected, causes the computer system to initiate a process for converting the first media item from a non-spatial media item to a spatial media item that includes stereoscopic depth.

[0045] In some embodiments, a computer system is disclosed. The computer system is configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, and comprises: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more 22 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a representation of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item; while displaying the representation of the media library, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a request to display the first media item; and in response to detecting the request to display the first media item: in accordance with a determination that first criteria are satisfied, wherein the first criteria include a requirement that the first media item is a non- spatial media item in order for the first criteria to be met, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the first media item with a spatial conversion option that, when selected, causes the computer system to initiate a process for converting the first media item from a non-spatial media item to a spatial media item that includes stereoscopic depth.

[0046] In some embodiments, a computer system is disclosed. The computer system is configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, and comprises: means for displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a representation of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item; means for, while displaying the representation of the media library, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a request to display the first media item; and means for, in response to detecting the request to display the first media item: in accordance with a determination that first criteria are satisfied, wherein the first criteria include a requirement that the first media item is a non-spatial media item in order for the first criteria to be met, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the first media item with a spatial conversion option that, when selected, causes the computer system to initiate a process for converting the first media item from a non-spatial media item to a spatial media item that includes stereoscopic depth.

[0047] In some embodiments, a computer program product is disclosed. The computer program product comprises one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, and the one or more programs include instructions for: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a representation of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media 23 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item; while displaying the representation of the media library, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a request to display the first media item; and in response to detecting the request to display the first media item: in accordance with a determination that first criteria are satisfied, wherein the first criteria include a requirement that the first media item is a non- spatial media item in order for the first criteria to be met, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the first media item with a spatial conversion option that, when selected, causes the computer system to initiate a process for converting the first media item from a non-spatial media item to a spatial media item that includes stereoscopic depth.

[0048] In some embodiments, a method is disclosed. The method comprises: at a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices: detecting, via the one or more input devices, a sequence of one or more inputs corresponding to a request to display a portion of a media library that is associated with a user account; and in response to detecting, via the one or more input devices, the sequence of one or more inputs corresponding to the request to display the portion of the media library, concurrently displaying, via the one or more display generation components: a representation of a portion of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item; and a user profile indication corresponding to the user account, wherein displaying the user profile indication corresponding to the user account includes, in accordance with a determination that an ongoing process is occurring with respect to the media library, displaying the user profile indication with a first indicator that indicates a progress of the ongoing process and that updates as the ongoing process progresses.

[0049] In some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is disclosed. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more inputs devices, and the one or more programs include instructions for: detecting, via the one or more input devices, a sequence of one or more inputs corresponding to a request to display a portion of a media library that is associated with a user account; and in response to detecting, via the one or more input devices, the sequence of one or more inputs corresponding to the 24 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 request to display the portion of the media library, concurrently displaying, via the one or more display generation components: a representation of a portion of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item; and a user profile indication corresponding to the user account, wherein displaying the user profile indication corresponding to the user account includes, in accordance with a determination that an ongoing process is occurring with respect to the media library, displaying the user profile indication with a first indicator that indicates a progress of the ongoing process and that updates as the ongoing process progresses.

[0050] In some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is disclosed. The transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more inputs devices, and the one or more programs include instructions for: detecting, via the one or more input devices, a sequence of one or more inputs corresponding to a request to display a portion of a media library that is associated with a user account; and in response to detecting, via the one or more input devices, the sequence of one or more inputs corresponding to the request to display the portion of the media library, concurrently displaying, via the one or more display generation components: a representation of a portion of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item; and a user profile indication corresponding to the user account, wherein displaying the user profile indication corresponding to the user account includes, in accordance with a determination that an ongoing process is occurring with respect to the media library, displaying the user profile indication with a first indicator that indicates a progress of the ongoing process and that updates as the ongoing process progresses.

[0051] In some embodiments, a computer system is disclosed. The computer system is configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, and comprises: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: detecting, via the one or more input devices, a sequence of one or more inputs corresponding to a request to display a portion of a media library that is 25 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 associated with a user account; and in response to detecting, via the one or more input devices, the sequence of one or more inputs corresponding to the request to display the portion of the media library, concurrently displaying, via the one or more display generation components: a representation of a portion of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item; and a user profile indication corresponding to the user account, wherein displaying the user profile indication corresponding to the user account includes, in accordance with a determination that an ongoing process is occurring with respect to the media library, displaying the user profile indication with a first indicator that indicates a progress of the ongoing process and that updates as the ongoing process progresses.

[0052] In some embodiments, a computer system is disclosed. The computer system is configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, and comprises: means for detecting, via the one or more input devices, a sequence of one or more inputs corresponding to a request to display a portion of a media library that is associated with a user account; and means for, in response to detecting, via the one or more input devices, the sequence of one or more inputs corresponding to the request to display the portion of the media library, concurrently displaying, via the one or more display generation components: a representation of a portion of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item; and a user profile indication corresponding to the user account, wherein displaying the user profile indication corresponding to the user account includes, in accordance with a determination that an ongoing process is occurring with respect to the media library, displaying the user profile indication with a first indicator that indicates a progress of the ongoing process and that updates as the ongoing process progresses.

[0053] In some embodiments, a computer program product is disclosed. The computer program product comprises one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, and the one or more programs include instructions for: detecting, via the one or more input devices, a sequence of one or more inputs corresponding to a request to display a portion of a media library that is associated 26 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 with a user account; and in response to detecting, via the one or more input devices, the sequence of one or more inputs corresponding to the request to display the portion of the media library, concurrently displaying, via the one or more display generation components: a representation of a portion of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item; and a user profile indication corresponding to the user account, wherein displaying the user profile indication corresponding to the user account includes, in accordance with a determination that an ongoing process is occurring with respect to the media library, displaying the user profile indication with a first indicator that indicates a progress of the ongoing process and that updates as the ongoing process progresses.

[0054] In some embodiments, a method is disclosed. The method comprises: at a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a first user input that corresponds to a first set of one or more terms; and in response to receiving the first user input that corresponds to the first set of one or more terms: in accordance with a determination that a first term of the first set of one or more terms meets ambiguity criteria, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first prompt prompting a user to provide one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the first term.

[0055] In some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is disclosed. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more inputs devices, and the one or more programs include instructions for: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a first user input that corresponds to a first set of one or more terms; and in response to receiving the first user input that corresponds to the first set of one or more terms: in accordance with a determination that a first term of the first set of one or more terms meets ambiguity criteria, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first prompt prompting a user to provide one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the first term.

[0056] In some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is disclosed. The transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in 27 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 communication with one or more display generation components and one or more inputs devices, and the one or more programs include instructions for: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a first user input that corresponds to a first set of one or more terms; and in response to receiving the first user input that corresponds to the first set of one or more terms: in accordance with a determination that a first term of the first set of one or more terms meets ambiguity criteria, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first prompt prompting a user to provide one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the first term.

[0057] In some embodiments, a computer system is disclosed. The computer system is configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, and comprises: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a first user input that corresponds to a first set of one or more terms; and in response to receiving the first user input that corresponds to the first set of one or more terms: in accordance with a determination that a first term of the first set of one or more terms meets ambiguity criteria, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first prompt prompting a user to provide one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the first term.

[0058] In some embodiments, a computer system is disclosed. The computer system is configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, and comprises: means for receiving, via the one or more input devices, a first user input that corresponds to a first set of one or more terms; and means for, in response to receiving the first user input that corresponds to the first set of one or more terms: in accordance with a determination that a first term of the first set of one or more terms meets ambiguity criteria, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first prompt prompting a user to provide one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the first term.

[0059] In some embodiments, a computer program product is disclosed. The computer program product comprises one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, and the one or more programs include instructions for: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a first user input that 28 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 corresponds to a first set of one or more terms; and in response to receiving the first user input that corresponds to the first set of one or more terms: in accordance with a determination that a first term of the first set of one or more terms meets ambiguity criteria, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first prompt prompting a user to provide one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the first term.

[0060] Executable instructions for performing these functions are, optionally, included in a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors. Executable instructions for performing these functions are, optionally, included in a transitory computer-readable storage medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors.

[0061] Thus, devices are provided with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for navigating, displaying, and / or presenting content, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace other methods for navigating, displaying, and / or presenting content. DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES

[0062] For a better understanding of the various described embodiments, reference should be made to the Description of Embodiments below, in conjunction with the following drawings in which like reference numerals refer to corresponding parts throughout the figures.

[0063] FIG.1A is a block diagram illustrating a portable multifunction device with a touch-sensitive display in accordance with some embodiments.

[0064] FIG.1B is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments.

[0065] FIG.2 illustrates a portable multifunction device having a touch screen in accordance with some embodiments.

[0066] FIG.3A is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments. 29 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501

[0067] FIGS.3B-3G illustrate the use of Application Programming Interfaces (APIs) to perform operations.

[0068] FIG.4A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments.

[0069] FIG.4B illustrates an exemplary user interface for a multifunction device with a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display in accordance with some embodiments.

[0070] FIG.5A illustrates a personal electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.

[0071] FIG.5B is a block diagram illustrating a personal electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.

[0072] FIG.5C is a block diagram illustrating an operating environment of a computer system for providing XR experiences in accordance with some embodiments.

[0073] FIGS.5D-5R are examples of a computer system for providing XR experiences in the operating environment of FIG.5C.

[0074] FIG.5S is a block diagram illustrating a controller of a computer system that is configured to manage and coordinate a XR experience for the user in accordance with some embodiments.

[0075] FIG.5T is a block diagram illustrating a display generation component of a computer system that is configured to provide a visual component of the XR experience to the user in accordance with some embodiments.

[0076] FIG.5U is a block diagram illustrating a hand tracking unit of a computer system that is configured to capture gesture inputs of the user in accordance with some embodiments.

[0077] FIG.5V is a block diagram illustrating an eye tracking unit of a computer system that is configured to capture gaze inputs of the user in accordance with some embodiments.

[0078] FIG.5W is a flow diagram illustrating a glint-assisted gaze tracking pipeline in accordance with some embodiments. 30 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501

[0079] FIGS.6A-1-6AJ illustrate exemplary devices and user interfaces for navigating, displaying, and / or presenting content in accordance with some embodiments.

[0080] FIG.7 is a flow diagram illustrating methods of navigating, displaying, and / or providing content in accordance with some embodiments.

[0081] FIGS.8A-8B are a flow diagram illustrating methods of navigating, displaying, and / or providing content in accordance with some embodiments.

[0082] FIGS.9A-9Z illustrate exemplary devices and user interfaces for navigating, displaying, and / or presenting content in accordance with some embodiments.

[0083] FIG.10 is a flow diagram illustrating methods of navigating, displaying, and / or providing content in accordance with some embodiments.

[0084] FIG.11 is a flow diagram illustrating methods of navigating, displaying, and / or providing content in accordance with some embodiments.

[0085] FIGS.12A-1 - 12AAX illustrate exemplary devices and user interfaces for navigating, generating, and / or presenting content in accordance with some embodiments.

[0086] FIG.13 is a flow diagram illustrating methods of generating and / or presenting content in accordance with some embodiments.

[0087] FIG.14A is a flow diagram illustrating methods of generating and / or presenting content in accordance with some embodiments.

[0088] FIG.14B is a flow diagram illustrating methods generating and / or presenting content in accordance with some embodiments.

[0089] FIGS.15A-15V-2 illustrate exemplary devices and user interfaces for displaying and / or providing content in accordance with some embodiments.

[0090] FIG.16 is a flow diagram illustrating methods of displaying and / or providing content in accordance with some embodiments.

[0091] FIGS.17A-17P illustrate exemplary devices and user interfaces for displaying and / or providing content in accordance with some embodiments. 31 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501

[0092] FIG.18 is a flow diagram illustrating methods of displaying and / or providing content in accordance with some embodiments. DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENTS

[0093] The following description sets forth exemplary methods, parameters, and the like. It should be recognized, however, that such description is not intended as a limitation on the scope of the present disclosure but is instead provided as a description of exemplary embodiments.

[0094] There is a need for electronic devices that provide efficient methods and interfaces for navigating, displaying, and / or presenting content. This is particularly true given the constantly increasing sizes of content libraries and / or media libraries that are available to users. Such techniques can reduce the cognitive burden on a user who is accessing and / or navigating content, thereby enhancing productivity. Further, such techniques can reduce processor and battery power otherwise wasted on redundant user inputs.

[0095] Below, FIGS.1A-1B, 2, 3A-3G, 4A-4B, and 5A-5W provide a description of exemplary devices for performing the techniques for navigating, displaying, and / or providing content. FIGS.6A-1-6AJ illustrate exemplary user interfaces for navigating, displaying, and / or providing content. FIG.7 is a flow diagram illustrating methods of navigating, displaying, and / or providing content in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS.8A-8B are a flow diagram illustrating methods of navigating, displaying, and / or providing content in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS.6A-1-6AJ are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIG.7 and FIGS.8A-8B. FIGS.9A-9Z illustrate exemplary user interfaces for navigating, displaying, and / or providing content. FIG.10 is a flow diagram illustrating methods of navigating, displaying, and / or providing content in accordance with some embodiments. FIG.11 is a flow diagram illustrating methods of navigating, displaying, and / or providing content in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS.9A-9Z are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIG.10 and FIG.11. FIGS.12A-1 - 12AAX illustrate exemplary devices and user interfaces for navigating, generating, and / or presenting content. FIG.13 is a flow diagram illustrating methods of generating and / or presenting content in accordance with some embodiments. FIG.14A is a flow diagram illustrating methods of generating and / or presenting content in accordance with some embodiments. 32 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 FIG.14B is a flow diagram illustrating methods of generating and / or presenting content in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS.12A-1 - 12AAX are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIG.13, FIG.14A, and FIG.14B. FIGS.15A - 15V-2 illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying and / or providing content. FIG.16 is a flow diagram illustrating methods of displaying and / or providing content in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS.15A - 15V-2 are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIG. 16. FIGS.17A-17P illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying and / or providing content. FIG.18 is a flow diagram illustrating methods of displaying and / or providing content in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS.17A-17P are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIG.18.

[0096] The processes described below enhance the operability of the devices and make the user-device interfaces more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating / interacting with the device) through various techniques, including by providing improved visual feedback to the user, reducing the number of inputs needed to perform an operation, providing additional control options without cluttering the user interface with additional displayed controls, performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input, and / or additional techniques. These techniques also reduce power usage and improve battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.

[0097] In addition, in methods described herein where one or more steps are contingent upon one or more conditions having been met, it should be understood that the described method can be repeated in multiple repetitions so that over the course of the repetitions all of the conditions upon which steps in the method are contingent have been met in different repetitions of the method. For example, if a method requires performing a first step if a condition is satisfied, and a second step if the condition is not satisfied, then a person of ordinary skill would appreciate that the claimed steps are repeated until the condition has been both satisfied and not satisfied, in no particular order. Thus, a method described with one or more steps that are contingent upon one or more conditions having been met could be rewritten as a method that is repeated until each of the conditions described in the method has been met. This, however, is not required of system or computer readable medium claims where the system or computer readable medium contains instructions for performing the 33 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 contingent operations based on the satisfaction of the corresponding one or more conditions and thus is capable of determining whether the contingency has or has not been satisfied without explicitly repeating steps of a method until all of the conditions upon which steps in the method are contingent have been met. A person having ordinary skill in the art would also understand that, similar to a method with contingent steps, a system or computer readable storage medium can repeat the steps of a method as many times as are needed to ensure that all of the contingent steps have been performed.

[0098] Although the following description uses terms “first,” “second,” etc. to describe various elements, these elements should not be limited by the terms. In some embodiments, these terms are used to distinguish one element from another. For example, a first touch could be termed a second touch, and, similarly, a second touch could be termed a first touch, without departing from the scope of the various described embodiments. In some embodiments, the first touch and the second touch are two separate references to the same touch. In some embodiments, the first touch and the second touch are both touches, but they are not the same touch.

[0099] The terminology used in the description of the various described embodiments herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting. As used in the description of the various described embodiments and the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” are intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. It will also be understood that the term “and / or” as used herein refers to and encompasses any and all possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed items. It will be further understood that the terms “includes,” “including,” “comprises,” and / or “comprising,” when used in this specification, specify the presence of stated features, integers, steps, operations, elements, and / or components, but do not preclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers, steps, operations, elements, components, and / or groups thereof.

[0100] The term “if” is, optionally, construed to mean “when” or “upon” or “in response to determining” or “in response to detecting,” depending on the context. Similarly, the phrase “if it is determined” or “if [a stated condition or event] is detected” is, optionally, construed to mean “upon determining” or “in response to determining” or “upon detecting [the stated condition or event]” or “in response to detecting [the stated condition or event],” depending on the context. 34 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501

[0101] Embodiments of electronic devices, user interfaces for such devices, and associated processes for using such devices are described. In some embodiments, the device is a portable communications device, such as a mobile telephone, that also contains other functions, such as PDA and / or music player functions. Exemplary embodiments of portable multifunction devices include, without limitation, the iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California. Other portable electronic devices, such as laptops or tablet computers with touch-sensitive surfaces (e.g., touch screen displays and / or touchpads), are, optionally, used. It should also be understood that, in some embodiments, the device is not a portable communications device, but is a desktop computer with a touch- sensitive surface (e.g., a touch screen display and / or a touchpad). In some embodiments, the electronic device is a computer system that is in communication (e.g., via wireless communication, via wired communication) with a display generation component. The display generation component is configured to provide visual output, such as display via a CRT display, display via an LED display, or display via image projection. In some embodiments, the display generation component is integrated with the computer system. In some embodiments, the display generation component is separate from the computer system. As used herein, “displaying” content includes causing to display the content (e.g., video data rendered or decoded by display controller 156) by transmitting, via a wired or wireless connection, data (e.g., image data or video data) to an integrated or external display generation component to visually produce the content.

[0102] In the discussion that follows, an electronic device that includes a display and a touch-sensitive surface is described. It should be understood, however, that the electronic device optionally includes one or more other physical user-interface devices, such as a physical keyboard, a mouse, and / or a joystick.

[0103] The device typically supports a variety of applications, such as one or more of the following: a drawing application, a presentation application, a word processing application, a website creation application, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet application, a gaming application, a telephone application, a video conferencing application, an e-mail application, an instant messaging application, a workout support application, a photo management application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital music player application, and / or a digital video player application. 35 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501

[0104] The various applications that are executed on the device optionally use at least one common physical user-interface device, such as the touch-sensitive surface. One or more functions of the touch-sensitive surface as well as corresponding information displayed on the device are, optionally, adjusted and / or varied from one application to the next and / or within a respective application. In this way, a common physical architecture (such as the touch- sensitive surface) of the device optionally supports the variety of applications with user interfaces that are intuitive and transparent to the user.

[0105] Attention is now directed toward embodiments of portable devices with touch- sensitive displays. FIG.1A is a block diagram illustrating portable multifunction device 100 with touch-sensitive display system 112 in accordance with some embodiments. Touch- sensitive display 112 is sometimes called a “touch screen” for convenience and is sometimes known as or called a “touch-sensitive display system.” Device 100 includes memory 102 (which optionally includes one or more computer-readable storage mediums), memory controller 122, one or more processing units (CPUs) 120, peripherals interface 118, RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, input / output (I / O) subsystem 106, other input control devices 116, and external port 124. Device 100 optionally includes one or more optical sensors 164. Device 100 optionally includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165 for detecting intensity of contacts on device 100 (e.g., a touch- sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system 112 of device 100). Device 100 optionally includes one or more tactile output generators 167 for generating tactile outputs on device 100 (e.g., generating tactile outputs on a touch-sensitive surface such as touch- sensitive display system 112 of device 100 or touchpad 355 of device 300). These components optionally communicate over one or more communication buses or signal lines 103.

[0106] As used in the specification and claims, the term “intensity” of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the force or pressure (force per unit area) of a contact (e.g., a finger contact) on the touch-sensitive surface, or to a substitute (proxy) for the force or pressure of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface. The intensity of a contact has a range of values that includes at least four distinct values and more typically includes hundreds of distinct values (e.g., at least 256). Intensity of a contact is, optionally, determined (or measured) using various approaches and various sensors or combinations of sensors. For example, one or more force sensors underneath or adjacent to the touch-sensitive surface are, 36 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 optionally, used to measure force at various points on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, force measurements from multiple force sensors are combined (e.g., a weighted average) to determine an estimated force of a contact. Similarly, a pressure- sensitive tip of a stylus is, optionally, used to determine a pressure of the stylus on the touch- sensitive surface. Alternatively, the size of the contact area detected on the touch-sensitive surface and / or changes thereto, the capacitance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and / or changes thereto, and / or the resistance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and / or changes thereto are, optionally, used as a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are used directly to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is described in units corresponding to the substitute measurements). In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are converted to an estimated force or pressure, and the estimated force or pressure is used to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is a pressure threshold measured in units of pressure). Using the intensity of a contact as an attribute of a user input allows for user access to additional device functionality that may otherwise not be accessible by the user on a reduced-size device with limited real estate for displaying affordances (e.g., on a touch- sensitive display) and / or receiving user input (e.g., via a touch-sensitive display, a touch- sensitive surface, or a physical / mechanical control such as a knob or a button).

[0107] As used in the specification and claims, the term “tactile output” refers to physical displacement of a device relative to a previous position of the device, physical displacement of a component (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface) of a device relative to another component (e.g., housing) of the device, or displacement of the component relative to a center of mass of the device that will be detected by a user with the user’s sense of touch. For example, in situations where the device or the component of the device is in contact with a surface of a user that is sensitive to touch (e.g., a finger, palm, or other part of a user’s hand), the tactile output generated by the physical displacement will be interpreted by the user as a tactile sensation corresponding to a perceived change in physical characteristics of the device or the component of the device. For example, movement of a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch- sensitive display or trackpad) is, optionally, interpreted by the user as a “down click” or “up click” of a physical actuator button. In some cases, a user will feel a tactile sensation such as an “down click” or “up click” even when there is no movement of a physical actuator button 37 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 associated with the touch-sensitive surface that is physically pressed (e.g., displaced) by the user’s movements. As another example, movement of the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally, interpreted or sensed by the user as “roughness” of the touch-sensitive surface, even when there is no change in smoothness of the touch-sensitive surface. While such interpretations of touch by a user will be subject to the individualized sensory perceptions of the user, there are many sensory perceptions of touch that are common to a large majority of users. Thus, when a tactile output is described as corresponding to a particular sensory perception of a user (e.g., an “up click,” a “down click,” “roughness”), unless otherwise stated, the generated tactile output corresponds to physical displacement of the device or a component thereof that will generate the described sensory perception for a typical (or average) user.

[0108] It should be appreciated that device 100 is only one example of a portable multifunction device, and that device 100 optionally has more or fewer components than shown, optionally combines two or more components, or optionally has a different configuration or arrangement of the components. The various components shown in FIG.1A are implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of both hardware and software, including one or more signal processing and / or application-specific integrated circuits.

[0109] Memory 102 optionally includes high-speed random access memory and optionally also includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices. Memory controller 122 optionally controls access to memory 102 by other components of device 100.

[0110] Peripherals interface 118 can be used to couple input and output peripherals of the device to CPU 120 and memory 102. The one or more processors 120 run or execute various software programs (such as computer programs (e.g., including instructions)) and / or sets of instructions stored in memory 102 to perform various functions for device 100 and to process data. In some embodiments, peripherals interface 118, CPU 120, and memory controller 122 are, optionally, implemented on a single chip, such as chip 104. In some other embodiments, they are, optionally, implemented on separate chips.

[0111] RF (radio frequency) circuitry 108 receives and sends RF signals, also called electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 108 converts electrical signals to / from electromagnetic signals and communicates with communications networks and other communications devices 38 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 via the electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 108 optionally includes well-known circuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth. RF circuitry 108 optionally communicates with networks, such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and / or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and / or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication. The RF circuitry 108 optionally includes well-known circuitry for detecting near field communication (NFC) fields, such as by a short-range communication radio. The wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA), high-speed uplink packet access (HSUPA), Evolution, Data-Only (EV-DO), HSPA, HSPA+, Dual-Cell HSPA (DC-HSPDA), long term evolution (LTE), near field communication (NFC), wideband code division multiple access (W-CDMA), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Bluetooth Low Energy (BTLE), Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g, IEEE 802.11n, and / or IEEE 802.11ac), voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, a protocol for e-mail (e.g., Internet message access protocol (IMAP) and / or post office protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g., extensible messaging and presence protocol (XMPP), Session Initiation Protocol for Instant Messaging and Presence Leveraging Extensions (SIMPLE), Instant Messaging and Presence Service (IMPS)), and / or Short Message Service (SMS), or any other suitable communication protocol, including communication protocols not yet developed as of the filing date of this document.

[0112] Audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, and microphone 113 provide an audio interface between a user and device 100. Audio circuitry 110 receives audio data from peripherals interface 118, converts the audio data to an electrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to speaker 111. Speaker 111 converts the electrical signal to human-audible sound waves. Audio circuitry 110 also receives electrical signals converted by microphone 113 from sound waves. Audio circuitry 110 converts the electrical signal to audio data and transmits the audio data to peripherals interface 118 for processing. Audio data is, optionally, retrieved from and / or transmitted to memory 102 and / or RF circuitry 108 by peripherals 39 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 interface 118. In some embodiments, audio circuitry 110 also includes a headset jack (e.g., 212, FIG.2). The headset jack provides an interface between audio circuitry 110 and removable audio input / output peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a headset with both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears) and input (e.g., a microphone).

[0113] I / O subsystem 106 couples input / output peripherals on device 100, such as touch screen 112 and other input control devices 116, to peripherals interface 118. I / O subsystem 106 optionally includes display controller 156, optical sensor controller 158, depth camera controller 169, intensity sensor controller 159, haptic feedback controller 161, and one or more input controllers 160 for other input or control devices. The one or more input controllers 160 receive / send electrical signals from / to other input control devices 116. The other input control devices 116 optionally include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, and so forth. In some embodiments, input controller(s) 160 are, optionally, coupled to any (or none) of the following: a keyboard, an infrared port, a USB port, and a pointer device such as a mouse. The one or more buttons (e.g., 208, FIG.2) optionally include an up / down button for volume control of speaker 111 and / or microphone 113. The one or more buttons optionally include a push button (e.g., 206, FIG.2). In some embodiments, the electronic device is a computer system that is in communication (e.g., via wireless communication, via wired communication) with one or more input devices. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices include a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a trackpad, as part of a touch-sensitive display). In some embodiments, the one or more input devices include one or more camera sensors (e.g., one or more optical sensors 164 and / or one or more depth camera sensors 175), such as for tracking a user’s gestures (e.g., hand gestures and / or air gestures) as input. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices are integrated with the computer system. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices are separate from the computer system. In some embodiments, an air gesture is a gesture that is detected without the user touching an input element that is part of the device (or independently of an input element that is a part of the device) and is based on detected motion of a portion of the user’s body through the air including motion of the user’s body relative to an absolute reference (e.g., an angle of the user’s arm relative to the ground or a distance of the user’s hand relative to the ground), relative to another portion of the user’s body (e.g., movement of a hand of the user relative to a shoulder of the user, movement of one hand of the user relative to another hand of the user, and / or movement of a finger of the user relative to another finger or portion of a hand of the 40 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 user), and / or absolute motion of a portion of the user’s body (e.g., a tap gesture that includes movement of a hand in a predetermined pose by a predetermined amount and / or speed, or a shake gesture that includes a predetermined speed or amount of rotation of a portion of the user’s body).

[0114] A quick press of the push button optionally disengages a lock of touch screen 112 or optionally begins a process that uses gestures on the touch screen to unlock the device, as described in U.S. Patent Application 11 / 322,549, “Unlocking a Device by Performing Gestures on an Unlock Image,” filed December 23, 2005, U.S. Pat. No.7,657,849, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. A longer press of the push button (e.g., 206) optionally turns power to device 100 on or off. The functionality of one or more of the buttons are, optionally, user-customizable. Touch screen 112 is used to implement virtual or soft buttons and one or more soft keyboards.

[0115] Touch-sensitive display 112 provides an input interface and an output interface between the device and a user. Display controller 156 receives and / or sends electrical signals from / to touch screen 112. Touch screen 112 displays visual output to the user. The visual output optionally includes graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof (collectively termed “graphics”). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output optionally corresponds to user-interface objects.

[0116] Touch screen 112 has a touch-sensitive surface, sensor, or set of sensors that accepts input from the user based on haptic and / or tactile contact. Touch screen 112 and display controller 156 (along with any associated modules and / or sets of instructions in memory 102) detect contact (and any movement or breaking of the contact) on touch screen 112 and convert the detected contact into interaction with user-interface objects (e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages, or images) that are displayed on touch screen 112. In an exemplary embodiment, a point of contact between touch screen 112 and the user corresponds to a finger of the user.

[0117] Touch screen 112 optionally uses LCD (liquid crystal display) technology, LPD (light emitting polymer display) technology, or LED (light emitting diode) technology, although other display technologies are used in other embodiments. Touch screen 112 and display controller 156 optionally detect contact and any movement or breaking thereof using any of a plurality of touch sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but 41 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with touch screen 112. In an exemplary embodiment, projected mutual capacitance sensing technology is used, such as that found in the iPhone® and iPod Touch® from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California.

[0118] A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen 112 is, optionally, analogous to the multi-touch sensitive touchpads described in the following U.S. Patents: 6,323,846 (Westerman et al.), 6,570,557 (Westerman et al.), and / or 6,677,932 (Westerman), and / or U.S. Patent Publication 2002 / 0015024A1, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. However, touch screen 112 displays visual output from device 100, whereas touch-sensitive touchpads do not provide visual output.

[0119] A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen 112 is described in the following applications: (1) U.S. Patent Application No.11 / 381,313, “Multipoint Touch Surface Controller,” filed May 2, 2006; (2) U.S. Patent Application No.10 / 840,862, “Multipoint Touchscreen,” filed May 6, 2004; (3) U.S. Patent Application No.10 / 903,964, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed July 30, 2004; (4) U.S. Patent Application No.11 / 048,264, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed January 31, 2005; (5) U.S. Patent Application No.11 / 038,590, “Mode-Based Graphical User Interfaces For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed January 18, 2005; (6) U.S. Patent Application No. 11 / 228,758, “Virtual Input Device Placement On A Touch Screen User Interface,” filed September 16, 2005; (7) U.S. Patent Application No.11 / 228,700, “Operation Of A Computer With A Touch Screen Interface,” filed September 16, 2005; (8) U.S. Patent Application No. 11 / 228,737, “Activating Virtual Keys Of A Touch-Screen Virtual Keyboard,” filed September 16, 2005; and (9) U.S. Patent Application No.11 / 367,749, “Multi-Functional Hand-Held Device,” filed March 3, 2006. All of these applications are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.

[0120] Touch screen 112 optionally has a video resolution in excess of 100 dpi. In some embodiments, the touch screen has a video resolution of approximately 160 dpi. The user optionally makes contact with touch screen 112 using any suitable object or appendage, such as a stylus, a finger, and so forth. In some embodiments, the user interface is designed to work primarily with finger-based contacts and gestures, which can be less precise than stylus- based input due to the larger area of contact of a finger on the touch screen. In some 42 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 embodiments, the device translates the rough finger-based input into a precise pointer / cursor position or command for performing the actions desired by the user.

[0121] In some embodiments, in addition to the touch screen, device 100 optionally includes a touchpad for activating or deactivating particular functions. In some embodiments, the touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of the device that, unlike the touch screen, does not display visual output. The touchpad is, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from touch screen 112 or an extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by the touch screen.

[0122] Device 100 also includes power system 162 for powering the various components. Power system 162 optionally includes a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation, management and distribution of power in portable devices.

[0123] Device 100 optionally also includes secure element 163 for securely storing information. In some embodiments, secure element 163 is a hardware component (e.g., a secure microcontroller chip) configured to securely store data or an algorithm. In some embodiments, secure element 163 provides (e.g., releases) secure information (e.g., payment information (e.g., an account number and / or a transaction-specific dynamic security code), identification information (e.g., credentials of a state-approved digital identification), and / or authentication information (e.g., data generated using a cryptography engine and / or by performing asymmetric cryptography operations)). In some embodiments, secure element 163 provides (or releases) the secure information in response to device 100 receiving authorization, such as a user authentication (e.g., fingerprint authentication; passcode authentication; detecting double-press of a hardware button when device 100 is in an unlocked state, and optionally, while device 100 has been continuously on a user’s wrist since device 100 was unlocked by providing authentication credentials to device 100, where the continuous presence of device 100 on the user’s wrist is determined by periodically checking that the device is in contact with the user’s skin). For example, device 100 detects a fingerprint at a fingerprint sensor (e.g., a fingerprint sensor integrated into a button) of device 100. Device 100 determines whether the detected fingerprint is consistent with an enrolled fingerprint. In accordance with a determination that the fingerprint is consistent with the 43 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 enrolled fingerprint, secure element 163 provides (e.g., releases) the secure information. In accordance with a determination that the fingerprint is not consistent with the enrolled fingerprint, secure element 163 forgoes providing (e.g., releasing) the secure information.

[0124] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more optical sensors 164. FIG.1A shows an optical sensor coupled to optical sensor controller 158 in I / O subsystem 106. Optical sensor 164 optionally includes charge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistors. Optical sensor 164 receives light from the environment, projected through one or more lenses, and converts the light to data representing an image. In conjunction with imaging module 143 (also called a camera module), optical sensor 164 optionally captures still images or video. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the back of device 100, opposite touch screen display 112 on the front of the device so that the touch screen display is enabled for use as a viewfinder for still and / or video image acquisition. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the front of the device so that the user’s image is, optionally, obtained for video conferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the position of optical sensor 164 can be changed by the user (e.g., by rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a single optical sensor 164 is used along with the touch screen display for both video conferencing and still and / or video image acquisition.

[0125] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more depth camera sensors 175. FIG.1A shows a depth camera sensor coupled to depth camera controller 169 in I / O subsystem 106. Depth camera sensor 175 receives data from the environment to create a three dimensional model of an object (e.g., a face) within a scene from a viewpoint (e.g., a depth camera sensor). In some embodiments, in conjunction with imaging module 143 (also called a camera module), depth camera sensor 175 is optionally used to determine a depth map of different portions of an image captured by the imaging module 143. In some embodiments, a depth camera sensor is located on the front of device 100 so that the user’s image with depth information is, optionally, obtained for video conferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen display and to capture selfies with depth map data. In some embodiments, the depth camera sensor 175 is located on the back of device, or on the back and the front of the device 100. In some embodiments, the position of depth camera sensor 175 can be changed by the user (e.g., by rotating the lens 44 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 and the sensor in the device housing) so that a depth camera sensor 175 is used along with the touch screen display for both video conferencing and still and / or video image acquisition.

[0126] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165. FIG.1A shows a contact intensity sensor coupled to intensity sensor controller 159 in I / O subsystem 106. Contact intensity sensor 165 optionally includes one or more piezoresistive strain gauges, capacitive force sensors, electric force sensors, piezoelectric force sensors, optical force sensors, capacitive touch-sensitive surfaces, or other intensity sensors (e.g., sensors used to measure the force (or pressure) of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface). Contact intensity sensor 165 receives contact intensity information (e.g., pressure information or a proxy for pressure information) from the environment. In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112). In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is located on the back of device 100, opposite touch screen display 112, which is located on the front of device 100.

[0127] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more proximity sensors 166. FIG.1A shows proximity sensor 166 coupled to peripherals interface 118. Alternately, proximity sensor 166 is, optionally, coupled to input controller 160 in I / O subsystem 106. Proximity sensor 166 optionally performs as described in U.S. Patent Application Nos.11 / 241,839, “Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; 11 / 240,788, “Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; 11 / 620,702, “Using Ambient Light Sensor To Augment Proximity Sensor Output”; 11 / 586,862, “Automated Response To And Sensing Of User Activity In Portable Devices”; and 11 / 638,251, “Methods And Systems For Automatic Configuration Of Peripherals,” which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. In some embodiments, the proximity sensor turns off and disables touch screen 112 when the multifunction device is placed near the user’s ear (e.g., when the user is making a phone call).

[0128] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more tactile output generators 167. FIG.1A shows a tactile output generator coupled to haptic feedback controller 161 in I / O subsystem 106. Tactile output generator 167 optionally includes one or more electroacoustic devices such as speakers or other audio components and / or electromechanical devices that convert energy into linear motion such as a motor, solenoid, electroactive polymer, piezoelectric actuator, electrostatic actuator, or other tactile output generating component (e.g., a component that converts electrical signals into tactile outputs on the device). Contact 45 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 intensity sensor 165 receives tactile feedback generation instructions from haptic feedback module 133 and generates tactile outputs on device 100 that are capable of being sensed by a user of device 100. In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112) and, optionally, generates a tactile output by moving the touch-sensitive surface vertically (e.g., in / out of a surface of device 100) or laterally (e.g., back and forth in the same plane as a surface of device 100). In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator sensor is located on the back of device 100, opposite touch screen display 112, which is located on the front of device 100.

[0129] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more accelerometers 168. FIG.1A shows accelerometer 168 coupled to peripherals interface 118. Alternately, accelerometer 168 is, optionally, coupled to an input controller 160 in I / O subsystem 106. Accelerometer 168 optionally performs as described in U.S. Patent Publication No.20050190059, “Acceleration-based Theft Detection System for Portable Electronic Devices,” and U.S. Patent Publication No.20060017692, “Methods And Apparatuses For Operating A Portable Device Based On An Accelerometer,” both of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. In some embodiments, information is displayed on the touch screen display in a portrait view or a landscape view based on an analysis of data received from the one or more accelerometers. Device 100 optionally includes, in addition to accelerometer(s) 168, a magnetometer and a GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver for obtaining information concerning the location and orientation (e.g., portrait or landscape) of device 100.

[0130] In some embodiments, the software components stored in memory 102 include operating system 126, biometric module 109, communication module (or set of instructions) 128, contact / motion module (or set of instructions) 130, graphics module (or set of instructions) 132, text input module (or set of instructions) 134, Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or set of instructions) 135, authentication module 105, and applications (or sets of instructions) 136. Furthermore, in some embodiments, memory 102 (FIG.1A) or 370 (FIG.3A) stores device / global internal state 157, as shown in FIGS.1A and 3A. Device / global internal state 157 includes one or more of: active application state, indicating which applications, if any, are currently active; display state, indicating what applications, views or other information occupy various regions of touch screen display 112; sensor state, 46 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 including information obtained from the device’s various sensors and input control devices 116; and location information concerning the device’s location and / or attitude.

[0131] Operating system 126 (e.g., Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, iOS, WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks) includes various software components and / or drivers for controlling and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control, power management, etc.) and facilitates communication between various hardware and software components.

[0132] Communication module 128 facilitates communication with other devices over one or more external ports 124 and also includes various software components for handling data received by RF circuitry 108 and / or external port 124. External port 124 (e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.) is adapted for coupling directly to other devices or indirectly over a network (e.g., the Internet, wireless LAN, etc.). In some embodiments, the external port is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin) connector that is the same as, or similar to and / or compatible with, the 30-pin connector used on iPod® (trademark of Apple Inc.) devices.

[0133] Biometric module 109 optionally stores information about one or more enrolled biometric features (e.g., fingerprint feature information, facial recognition feature information, eye and / or iris feature information) for use to verify whether received biometric information matches the enrolled biometric features. In some embodiments, the information stored about the one or more enrolled biometric features includes data that enables the comparison between the stored information and received biometric information without including enough information to reproduce the enrolled biometric features. In some embodiments, biometric module 109 stores the information about the enrolled biometric features in association with a user account of device 100. In some embodiments, biometric module 109 compares the received biometric information to an enrolled biometric feature to determine whether the received biometric information matches the enrolled biometric feature.

[0134] Contact / motion module 130 optionally detects contact with touch screen 112 (in conjunction with display controller 156) and other touch-sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click wheel). Contact / motion module 130 includes various software components for performing various operations related to detection of contact, such as determining if contact has occurred (e.g., detecting a finger-down event), determining an intensity of the contact (e.g., the force or pressure of the contact or a substitute for the force or pressure of the 47 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 contact), determining if there is movement of the contact and tracking the movement across the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting one or more finger-dragging events), and determining if the contact has ceased (e.g., detecting a finger-up event or a break in contact). Contact / motion module 130 receives contact data from the touch-sensitive surface. Determining movement of the point of contact, which is represented by a series of contact data, optionally includes determining speed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and / or an acceleration (a change in magnitude and / or direction) of the point of contact. These operations are, optionally, applied to single contacts (e.g., one finger contacts) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (e.g., “multitouch” / multiple finger contacts). In some embodiments, contact / motion module 130 and display controller 156 detect contact on a touchpad.

[0135] In some embodiments, contact / motion module 130 uses a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user (e.g., to determine whether a user has “clicked” on an icon). In some embodiments, at least a subset of the intensity thresholds are determined in accordance with software parameters (e.g., the intensity thresholds are not determined by the activation thresholds of particular physical actuators and can be adjusted without changing the physical hardware of device 100). For example, a mouse “click” threshold of a trackpad or touch screen display can be set to any of a large range of predefined threshold values without changing the trackpad or touch screen display hardware. Additionally, in some implementations, a user of the device is provided with software settings for adjusting one or more of the set of intensity thresholds (e.g., by adjusting individual intensity thresholds and / or by adjusting a plurality of intensity thresholds at once with a system-level click “intensity” parameter).

[0136] Contact / motion module 130 optionally detects a gesture input by a user. Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surface have different contact patterns (e.g., different motions, timings, and / or intensities of detected contacts). Thus, a gesture is, optionally, detected by detecting a particular contact pattern. For example, detecting a finger tap gesture includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event at the same position (or substantially the same position) as the finger-down event (e.g., at the position of an icon). As another example, detecting a finger swipe gesture on the touch-sensitive surface includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting one or more finger-dragging events, and subsequently followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event. 48 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501

[0137] Graphics module 132 includes various known software components for rendering and displaying graphics on touch screen 112 or other display, including components for changing the visual impact (e.g., brightness, transparency, saturation, contrast, or other visual property) of graphics that are displayed. As used herein, the term “graphics” includes any object that can be displayed to a user, including, without limitation, text, web pages, icons (such as user-interface objects including soft keys), digital images, videos, animations, and the like.

[0138] In some embodiments, graphics module 132 stores data representing graphics to be used. Each graphic is, optionally, assigned a corresponding code. Graphics module 132 receives, from applications etc., one or more codes specifying graphics to be displayed along with, if necessary, coordinate data and other graphic property data, and then generates screen image data to output to display controller 156.

[0139] Haptic feedback module 133 includes various software components for generating instructions used by tactile output generator(s) 167 to produce tactile outputs at one or more locations on device 100 in response to user interactions with device 100.

[0140] Text input module 134, which is, optionally, a component of graphics module 132, provides soft keyboards for entering text in various applications (e.g., contacts module 137, e-mail client module 140, IM module 141, browser module 147, and any other application that needs text input).

[0141] GPS module 135 determines the location of the device and provides this information for use in various applications (e.g., to telephone module 138 for use in location- based dialing; to camera module 143 as picture / video metadata; and to applications that provide location-based services such as weather widgets, local yellow page widgets, and map / navigation widgets).

[0142] Authentication module 105 determines whether a requested operation (e.g., requested by an application of applications 136) is authorized to be performed. In some embodiments, authentication module 105 receives for an operation to be perform that optionally requires authentication. Authentication module 105 determines whether the operation is authorized to be performed, such as based on a series of factors, including the lock status of device 100, the location of device 100, whether a security delay has elapsed, whether received biometric information matches enrolled biometric features, and / or other 49 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 factors. Once authentication module 105 determines that the operation is authorized to be performed, authentication module 105 triggers performance of the operation.

[0143] Applications 136 optionally include the following modules (or sets of instructions), or a subset or superset thereof: • Contacts module 137 (sometimes called an address book or contact list); • Telephone module 138; • Video conference module 139; • E-mail client module 140; • Instant messaging (IM) module 141; • Workout support module 142; • Camera module 143 for still and / or video images; • Image management module 144; • Video player module; • Music player module; • Browser module 147; • Calendar module 148; • Widget modules 149, which optionally include one or more of: weather widget 149-1, stocks widget 149-2, calculator widget 149-3, alarm clock widget 149-4, dictionary widget 149-5, and other widgets obtained by the user, as well as user-created widgets 149-6; • Widget creator module 150 for making user-created widgets 149-6; • Search module 151; 50 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 • Video and music player module 152, which merges video player module and music player module; • Notes module 153; • Map module 154; and / or • Online video module 155.

[0144] Examples of other applications 136 that are, optionally, stored in memory 102 include other word processing applications, other image editing applications, drawing applications, presentation applications, JAVA-enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, voice recognition, and voice replication.

[0145] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact / motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, contacts module 137 are, optionally, used to manage an address book or contact list (e.g., stored in application internal state 192 of contacts module 137 in memory 102 or memory 370), including: adding name(s) to the address book; deleting name(s) from the address book; associating telephone number(s), e-mail address(es), physical address(es) or other information with a name; associating an image with a name; categorizing and sorting names; providing telephone numbers or e-mail addresses to initiate and / or facilitate communications by telephone module 138, video conference module 139, e-mail client module 140, or IM module 141; and so forth.

[0146] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact / motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, telephone module 138 are optionally, used to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to a telephone number, access one or more telephone numbers in contacts module 137, modify a telephone number that has been entered, dial a respective telephone number, conduct a conversation, and disconnect or hang up when the conversation is completed. As noted above, the wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies.

[0147] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, touch screen 112, display controller 156, optical sensor 164, optical sensor 51 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 controller 158, contact / motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, contacts module 137, and telephone module 138, video conference module 139 includes executable instructions to initiate, conduct, and terminate a video conference between a user and one or more other participants in accordance with user instructions.

[0148] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact / motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, e-mail client module 140 includes executable instructions to create, send, receive, and manage e-mail in response to user instructions. In conjunction with image management module 144, e-mail client module 140 makes it very easy to create and send e-mails with still or video images taken with camera module 143.

[0149] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact / motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, the instant messaging module 141 includes executable instructions to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to an instant message, to modify previously entered characters, to transmit a respective instant message (for example, using a Short Message Service (SMS) or Multimedia Message Service (MMS) protocol for telephony-based instant messages or using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS for Internet-based instant messages), to receive instant messages, and to view received instant messages. In some embodiments, transmitted and / or received instant messages optionally include graphics, photos, audio files, video files and / or other attachments as are supported in an MMS and / or an Enhanced Messaging Service (EMS). As used herein, “instant messaging” refers to both telephony-based messages (e.g., messages sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messages (e.g., messages sent using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS).

[0150] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact / motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, GPS module 135, map module 154, and music player module, workout support module 142 includes executable instructions to create workouts (e.g., with time, distance, and / or calorie burning goals); communicate with workout sensors (sports devices); receive workout sensor data; calibrate sensors used to monitor a workout; select and play music for a workout; and display, store, and transmit workout data. 52 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501

[0151] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, optical sensor(s) 164, optical sensor controller 158, contact / motion module 130, graphics module 132, and image management module 144, camera module 143 includes executable instructions to capture still images or video (including a video stream) and store them into memory 102, modify characteristics of a still image or video, or delete a still image or video from memory 102.

[0152] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact / motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and camera module 143, image management module 144 includes executable instructions to arrange, modify (e.g., edit), or otherwise manipulate, label, delete, present (e.g., in a digital slide show or album), and store still and / or video images.

[0153] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact / motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, browser module 147 includes executable instructions to browse the Internet in accordance with user instructions, including searching, linking to, receiving, and displaying web pages or portions thereof, as well as attachments and other files linked to web pages.

[0154] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact / motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, e-mail client module 140, and browser module 147, calendar module 148 includes executable instructions to create, display, modify, and store calendars and data associated with calendars (e.g., calendar entries, to-do lists, etc.) in accordance with user instructions.

[0155] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact / motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and browser module 147, widget modules 149 are mini-applications that are, optionally, downloaded and used by a user (e.g., weather widget 149-1, stocks widget 149-2, calculator widget 149-3, alarm clock widget 149-4, and dictionary widget 149-5) or created by the user (e.g., user- created widget 149-6). In some embodiments, a widget includes an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) file, a CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a JavaScript file. In some embodiments, a widget includes an XML (Extensible Markup Language) file and a JavaScript file (e.g., Yahoo! Widgets). 53 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501

[0156] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact / motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and browser module 147, the widget creator module 150 are, optionally, used by a user to create widgets (e.g., turning a user-specified portion of a web page into a widget).

[0157] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact / motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, search module 151 includes executable instructions to search for text, music, sound, image, video, and / or other files in memory 102 that match one or more search criteria (e.g., one or more user-specified search terms) in accordance with user instructions.

[0158] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact / motion module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, RF circuitry 108, and browser module 147, video and music player module 152 includes executable instructions that allow the user to download and play back recorded music and other sound files stored in one or more file formats, such as MP3 or AAC files, and executable instructions to display, present, or otherwise play back videos (e.g., on touch screen 112 or on an external, connected display via external port 124). In some embodiments, device 100 optionally includes the functionality of an MP3 player, such as an iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.).

[0159] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact / motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, notes module 153 includes executable instructions to create and manage notes, to-do lists, and the like in accordance with user instructions.

[0160] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact / motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, GPS module 135, and browser module 147, map module 154 are, optionally, used to receive, display, modify, and store maps and data associated with maps (e.g., driving directions, data on stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location, and other location-based data) in accordance with user instructions.

[0161] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact / motion module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, RF circuitry 108, text input module 134, e-mail client module 140, and browser module 147, online video module 155 includes instructions that allow the user to access, browse, receive (e.g., by streaming 54 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 and / or download), play back (e.g., on the touch screen or on an external, connected display via external port 124), send an e-mail with a link to a particular online video, and otherwise manage online videos in one or more file formats, such as H.264. In some embodiments, instant messaging module 141, rather than e-mail client module 140, is used to send a link to a particular online video. Additional description of the online video application can be found in U.S. Provisional Patent Application No.60 / 936,562, “Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos,” filed June 20, 2007, and U.S. Patent Application No.11 / 968,067, “Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos,” filed December 31, 2007, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.

[0162] Each of the above-identified modules and applications corresponds to a set of executable instructions for performing one or more functions described above and the methods described in this application (e.g., the computer-implemented methods and other information processing methods described herein). These modules (e.g., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs (such as computer programs (e.g., including instructions)), procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise rearranged in various embodiments. For example, video player module is, optionally, combined with music player module into a single module (e.g., video and music player module 152, FIG.1A). In some embodiments, memory 102 optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory 102 optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above.

[0163] In some embodiments, device 100 is a device where operation of a predefined set of functions on the device is performed exclusively through a touch screen and / or a touchpad. By using a touch screen and / or a touchpad as the primary input control device for operation of device 100, the number of physical input control devices (such as push buttons, dials, and the like) on device 100 is, optionally, reduced.

[0164] The predefined set of functions that are performed exclusively through a touch screen and / or a touchpad optionally include navigation between user interfaces. In some embodiments, the touchpad, when touched by the user, navigates device 100 to a main, home, or root menu from any user interface that is displayed on device 100. In such embodiments, a “menu button” is implemented using a touchpad. In some other embodiments, the menu button is a physical push button or other physical input control device instead of a touchpad. 55 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501

[0165] FIG.1B is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, memory 102 (FIG.1A) or 370 (FIG.3A) includes event sorter 170 (e.g., in operating system 126) and a respective application 136-1 (e.g., any of the aforementioned applications 137-151, 155, 380-390).

[0166] Event sorter 170 receives event information and determines the application 136-1 and application view 191 of application 136-1 to which to deliver the event information. Event sorter 170 includes event monitor 171 and event dispatcher module 174. In some embodiments, application 136-1 includes application internal state 192, which indicates the current application view(s) displayed on touch-sensitive display 112 when the application is active or executing. In some embodiments, device / global internal state 157 is used by event sorter 170 to determine which application(s) is (are) currently active, and application internal state 192 is used by event sorter 170 to determine application views 191 to which to deliver event information.

[0167] In some embodiments, application internal state 192 includes additional information, such as one or more of: resume information to be used when application 136-1 resumes execution, user interface state information that indicates information being displayed or that is ready for display by application 136-1, a state queue for enabling the user to go back to a prior state or view of application 136-1, and a redo / undo queue of previous actions taken by the user.

[0168] Event monitor 171 receives event information from peripherals interface 118. Event information includes information about a sub-event (e.g., a user touch on touch- sensitive display 112, as part of a multi-touch gesture). Peripherals interface 118 transmits information it receives from I / O subsystem 106 or a sensor, such as proximity sensor 166, accelerometer(s) 168, and / or microphone 113 (through audio circuitry 110). Information that peripherals interface 118 receives from I / O subsystem 106 includes information from touch- sensitive display 112 or a touch-sensitive surface.

[0169] In some embodiments, event monitor 171 sends requests to the peripherals interface 118 at predetermined intervals. In response, peripherals interface 118 transmits event information. In other embodiments, peripherals interface 118 transmits event information only when there is a significant event (e.g., receiving an input above a predetermined noise threshold and / or for more than a predetermined duration). 56 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501

[0170] In some embodiments, event sorter 170 also includes a hit view determination module 172 and / or an active event recognizer determination module 173.

[0171] Hit view determination module 172 provides software procedures for determining where a sub-event has taken place within one or more views when touch-sensitive display 112 displays more than one view. Views are made up of controls and other elements that a user can see on the display.

[0172] Another aspect of the user interface associated with an application is a set of views, sometimes herein called application views or user interface windows, in which information is displayed and touch-based gestures occur. The application views (of a respective application) in which a touch is detected optionally correspond to programmatic levels within a programmatic or view hierarchy of the application. For example, the lowest level view in which a touch is detected is, optionally, called the hit view, and the set of events that are recognized as proper inputs are, optionally, determined based, at least in part, on the hit view of the initial touch that begins a touch-based gesture.

[0173] Hit view determination module 172 receives information related to sub-events of a touch-based gesture. When an application has multiple views organized in a hierarchy, hit view determination module 172 identifies a hit view as the lowest view in the hierarchy which should handle the sub-event. In most circumstances, the hit view is the lowest level view in which an initiating sub-event occurs (e.g., the first sub-event in the sequence of sub- events that form an event or potential event). Once the hit view is identified by the hit view determination module 172, the hit view typically receives all sub-events related to the same touch or input source for which it was identified as the hit view.

[0174] Active event recognizer determination module 173 determines which view or views within a view hierarchy should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In some embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 173 determines that only the hit view should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 173 determines that all views that include the physical location of a sub-event are actively involved views, and therefore determines that all actively involved views should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, even if touch sub-events were entirely confined to the area associated with one particular view, views higher in the hierarchy would still remain as actively involved views. 57 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501

[0175] Event dispatcher module 174 dispatches the event information to an event recognizer (e.g., event recognizer 180). In embodiments including active event recognizer determination module 173, event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to an event recognizer determined by active event recognizer determination module 173. In some embodiments, event dispatcher module 174 stores in an event queue the event information, which is retrieved by a respective event receiver 182.

[0176] In some embodiments, operating system 126 includes event sorter 170. Alternatively, application 136-1 includes event sorter 170. In yet other embodiments, event sorter 170 is a stand-alone module, or a part of another module stored in memory 102, such as contact / motion module 130.

[0177] In some embodiments, application 136-1 includes a plurality of event handlers 190 and one or more application views 191, each of which includes instructions for handling touch events that occur within a respective view of the application’s user interface. Each application view 191 of the application 136-1 includes one or more event recognizers 180. Typically, a respective application view 191 includes a plurality of event recognizers 180. In other embodiments, one or more of event recognizers 180 are part of a separate module, such as a user interface kit or a higher level object from which application 136-1 inherits methods and other properties. In some embodiments, a respective event handler 190 includes one or more of: data updater 176, object updater 177, GUI updater 178, and / or event data 179 received from event sorter 170. Event handler 190 optionally utilizes or calls data updater 176, object updater 177, or GUI updater 178 to update the application internal state 192. Alternatively, one or more of the application views 191 include one or more respective event handlers 190. Also, in some embodiments, one or more of data updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater 178 are included in a respective application view 191.

[0178] A respective event recognizer 180 receives event information (e.g., event data 179) from event sorter 170 and identifies an event from the event information. Event recognizer 180 includes event receiver 182 and event comparator 184. In some embodiments, event recognizer 180 also includes at least a subset of: metadata 183, and event delivery instructions 188 (which optionally include sub-event delivery instructions).

[0179] Event receiver 182 receives event information from event sorter 170. The event information includes information about a sub-event, for example, a touch or a touch 58 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 movement. Depending on the sub-event, the event information also includes additional information, such as location of the sub-event. When the sub-event concerns motion of a touch, the event information optionally also includes speed and direction of the sub-event. In some embodiments, events include rotation of the device from one orientation to another (e.g., from a portrait orientation to a landscape orientation, or vice versa), and the event information includes corresponding information about the current orientation (also called device attitude) of the device.

[0180] Event comparator 184 compares the event information to predefined event or sub- event definitions and, based on the comparison, determines an event or sub-event, or determines or updates the state of an event or sub-event. In some embodiments, event comparator 184 includes event definitions 186. Event definitions 186 contain definitions of events (e.g., predefined sequences of sub-events), for example, event 1 (187-1), event 2 (187- 2), and others. In some embodiments, sub-events in an event (e.g., 187-1 and / or 187-2) include, for example, touch begin, touch end, touch movement, touch cancellation, and multiple touching. In one example, the definition for event 1 (187-1) is a double tap on a displayed object. The double tap, for example, comprises a first touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a first liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase, a second touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, and a second liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase. In another example, the definition for event 2 (187-2) is a dragging on a displayed object. The dragging, for example, comprises a touch (or contact) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a movement of the touch across touch-sensitive display 112, and liftoff of the touch (touch end). In some embodiments, the event also includes information for one or more associated event handlers 190.

[0181] In some embodiments, event definitions 186 include a definition of an event for a respective user-interface object. In some embodiments, event comparator 184 performs a hit test to determine which user-interface object is associated with a sub-event. For example, in an application view in which three user-interface objects are displayed on touch-sensitive display 112, when a touch is detected on touch-sensitive display 112, event comparator 184 performs a hit test to determine which of the three user-interface objects is associated with the touch (sub-event). If each displayed object is associated with a respective event handler 190, the event comparator uses the result of the hit test to determine which event handler 190 59 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 should be activated. For example, event comparator 184 selects an event handler associated with the sub-event and the object triggering the hit test.

[0182] In some embodiments, the definition for a respective event (187) also includes delayed actions that delay delivery of the event information until after it has been determined whether the sequence of sub-events does or does not correspond to the event recognizer’s event type.

[0183] When a respective event recognizer 180 determines that the series of sub-events do not match any of the events in event definitions 186, the respective event recognizer 180 enters an event impossible, event failed, or event ended state, after which it disregards subsequent sub-events of the touch-based gesture. In this situation, other event recognizers, if any, that remain active for the hit view continue to track and process sub-events of an ongoing touch-based gesture.

[0184] In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180 includes metadata 183 with configurable properties, flags, and / or lists that indicate how the event delivery system should perform sub-event delivery to actively involved event recognizers. In some embodiments, metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and / or lists that indicate how event recognizers interact, or are enabled to interact, with one another. In some embodiments, metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and / or lists that indicate whether sub-events are delivered to varying levels in the view or programmatic hierarchy.

[0185] In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180 activates event handler 190 associated with an event when one or more particular sub-events of an event are recognized. In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180 delivers event information associated with the event to event handler 190. Activating an event handler 190 is distinct from sending (and deferred sending) sub-events to a respective hit view. In some embodiments, event recognizer 180 throws a flag associated with the recognized event, and event handler 190 associated with the flag catches the flag and performs a predefined process.

[0186] In some embodiments, event delivery instructions 188 include sub-event delivery instructions that deliver event information about a sub-event without activating an event handler. Instead, the sub-event delivery instructions deliver event information to event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or to actively involved views. Event 60 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 handlers associated with the series of sub-events or with actively involved views receive the event information and perform a predetermined process.

[0187] In some embodiments, data updater 176 creates and updates data used in application 136-1. For example, data updater 176 updates the telephone number used in contacts module 137, or stores a video file used in video player module. In some embodiments, object updater 177 creates and updates objects used in application 136-1. For example, object updater 177 creates a new user-interface object or updates the position of a user-interface object. GUI updater 178 updates the GUI. For example, GUI updater 178 prepares display information and sends it to graphics module 132 for display on a touch- sensitive display.

[0188] In some embodiments, event handler(s) 190 includes or has access to data updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater 178. In some embodiments, data updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater 178 are included in a single module of a respective application 136-1 or application view 191. In other embodiments, they are included in two or more software modules.

[0189] It shall be understood that the foregoing discussion regarding event handling of user touches on touch-sensitive displays also applies to other forms of user inputs to operate multifunction devices 100 with input devices, not all of which are initiated on touch screens. For example, mouse movement and mouse button presses, optionally coordinated with single or multiple keyboard presses or holds; contact movements such as taps, drags, scrolls, etc. on touchpads; pen stylus inputs; movement of the device; oral instructions; detected eye movements; biometric inputs; and / or any combination thereof are optionally utilized as inputs corresponding to sub-events which define an event to be recognized.

[0190] FIG.2 illustrates a portable multifunction device 100 having a touch screen 112 in accordance with some embodiments. The touch screen optionally displays one or more graphics within user interface (UI) 200. In this embodiment, as well as others described below, a user is enabled to select one or more of the graphics by making a gesture on the graphics, for example, with one or more fingers 202 (not drawn to scale in the figure) or one or more styluses 203 (not drawn to scale in the figure). In some embodiments, selection of one or more graphics occurs when the user breaks contact with the one or more graphics. In some embodiments, the gesture optionally includes one or more taps, one or more swipes 61 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 (from left to right, right to left, upward and / or downward), and / or a rolling of a finger (from right to left, left to right, upward and / or downward) that has made contact with device 100. In some implementations or circumstances, inadvertent contact with a graphic does not select the graphic. For example, a swipe gesture that sweeps over an application icon optionally does not select the corresponding application when the gesture corresponding to selection is a tap.

[0191] Device 100 optionally also include one or more physical buttons, such as “home” or menu button 204. As described previously, menu button 204 is, optionally, used to navigate to any application 136 in a set of applications that are, optionally, executed on device 100. Alternatively, in some embodiments, the menu button is implemented as a soft key in a GUI displayed on touch screen 112.

[0192] In some embodiments, device 100 includes touch screen 112, menu button 204, push button 206 for powering the device on / off and locking the device, volume adjustment button(s) 208, subscriber identity module (SIM) card slot 210, headset jack 212, and docking / charging external port 124. Push button 206 is, optionally, used to turn the power on / off on the device by depressing the button and holding the button in the depressed state for a predefined time interval; to lock the device by depressing the button and releasing the button before the predefined time interval has elapsed; and / or to unlock the device or initiate an unlock process. In an alternative embodiment, device 100 also accepts verbal input for activation or deactivation of some functions through microphone 113. Device 100 also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165 for detecting intensity of contacts on touch screen 112 and / or one or more tactile output generators 167 for generating tactile outputs for a user of device 100.

[0193] FIG.3A is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments. Device 300 need not be portable. In some embodiments, device 300 is a laptop computer, a desktop computer, a tablet computer, a multimedia player device, a navigation device, an educational device (such as a child’s learning toy), a gaming system, or a control device (e.g., a home or industrial controller). Device 300 typically includes one or more processing units (CPUs) 310, one or more network or other communications interfaces 360, memory 370, and one or more communication buses 320 for interconnecting these components. Communication buses 320 optionally include circuitry (sometimes called a chipset) that interconnects and controls 62 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 communications between system components. Device 300 includes input / output (I / O) interface 330 comprising display 340, which is typically a touch screen display. I / O interface 330 also optionally includes a keyboard and / or mouse (or other pointing device) 350 and touchpad 355, tactile output generator 357 for generating tactile outputs on device 300 (e.g., similar to tactile output generator(s) 167 described above with reference to FIG.1A), sensors 359 (e.g., optical, acceleration, proximity, touch-sensitive, and / or contact intensity sensors similar to contact intensity sensor(s) 165 described above with reference to FIG.1A). Memory 370 includes high-speed random access memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM, or other random access solid state memory devices; and optionally includes non- volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, optical disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid state storage devices. Memory 370 optionally includes one or more storage devices remotely located from CPU(s) 310. In some embodiments, memory 370 stores programs, modules, and data structures analogous to the programs, modules, and data structures stored in memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 (FIG.1A), or a subset thereof. Furthermore, memory 370 optionally stores additional programs, modules, and data structures not present in memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100. For example, memory 370 of device 300 optionally stores drawing module 380, presentation module 382, word processing module 384, website creation module 386, disk authoring module 388, and / or spreadsheet module 390, while memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 (FIG.1A) optionally does not store these modules.

[0194] Each of the above-identified elements in FIG.3A is, optionally, stored in one or more of the previously mentioned memory devices. Each of the above-identified modules corresponds to a set of instructions for performing a function described above. The above- identified modules or computer programs (e.g., sets of instructions or including instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs (such as computer programs (e.g., including instructions)), procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise rearranged in various embodiments. In some embodiments, memory 370 optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory 370 optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above.

[0195] Implementations within the scope of the present disclosure can be partially or entirely realized using a tangible computer-readable storage medium (or multiple tangible 63 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 computer-readable storage media of one or more types) encoding one or more computer- readable instructions. It should be recognized that computer-readable instructions can be organized in any format, including applications, widgets, processes, software, and / or components.

[0196] Implementations within the scope of the present disclosure include a computer- readable storage medium that encodes instructions organized as an application (e.g., application 3160) that, when executed by one or more processing units, control an electronic device (e.g., device 3150) to perform the method of FIG.3B, the method of FIG.3C, and / or one or more other processes and / or methods described herein.

[0197] It should be recognized that application 3160 (shown in FIG.3D) can be any suitable type of application, including, for example, one or more of: a browser application, an application that functions as an execution environment for plug-ins, widgets or other applications, a fitness application, a health application, a digital payments application, a media application, a social network application, a messaging application, and / or a maps application. In some embodiments, application 3160 is an application that is pre-installed on device 3150 at purchase (e.g., a first-party application). In some embodiments, application 3160 is an application that is provided to device 3150 via an operating system update file (e.g., a first-party application or a second-party application). In some embodiments, application 3160 is an application that is provided via an application store. In some embodiments, the application store can be an application store that is pre-installed on device 3150 at purchase (e.g., a first-party application store). In some embodiments, the application store is a third-party application store (e.g., an application store that is provided by another application store, downloaded via a network, and / or read from a storage device).

[0198] Referring to FIG.3B and FIG.3F, application 3160 obtains information (e.g., 3010). In some embodiments, at 3010, information is obtained from at least one hardware component of device 3150. In some embodiments, at 3010, information is obtained from at least one software module of device 3150. In some embodiments, at 3010, information is obtained from at least one hardware component external to device 3150 (e.g., a peripheral device, an accessory device, and / or a server). In some embodiments, the information obtained at 3010 includes positional information, time information, notification information, user information, environment information, electronic device state information, weather information, media information, historical information, event information, hardware 64 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 information, and / or motion information. In some embodiments, in response to and / or after obtaining the information at 3010, application 3160 provides the information to a system (e.g., 3020).

[0199] In some embodiments, the system (e.g., 3110 shown in FIG.3E) is an operating system hosted on device 3150. In some embodiments, the system (e.g., 3110 shown in FIG. 3E) is an external device (e.g., a server, a peripheral device, an accessory, and / or a personal computing device) that includes an operating system.

[0200] Referring to FIG.3C and FIG.3G, application 3160 obtains information (e.g., 3030). In some embodiments, the information obtained at 3030 includes positional information, time information, notification information, user information, environment information electronic device state information, weather information, media information, historical information, event information, hardware information, and / or motion information. In response to and / or after obtaining the information at 3030, application 3160 performs an operation with the information (e.g., 3040). In some embodiments, the operation performed at 3040 includes: providing a notification based on the information, sending a message based on the information, displaying the information, controlling a user interface of a fitness application based on the information, controlling a user interface of a health application based on the information, controlling a focus mode based on the information, setting a reminder based on the information, adding a calendar entry based on the information, and / or calling an API of system 3110 based on the information.

[0201] In some embodiments, one or more steps of the method of FIG.3B and / or the method of FIG.3C is performed in response to a trigger. In some embodiments, the trigger includes detection of an event, a notification received from system 3110, a user input, and / or a response to a call to an API provided by system 3110.

[0202] In some embodiments, the instructions of application 3160, when executed, control device 3150 to perform the method of FIG.3B and / or the method of FIG.3C by calling an application programming interface (API) (e.g., API 3190) provided by system 3110. In some embodiments, application 3160 performs at least a portion of the method of FIG.3B and / or the method of FIG.3C without calling API 3190.

[0203] In some embodiments, one or more steps of the method of FIG.3B and / or the method of FIG.3C includes calling an API (e.g., API 3190) using one or more parameters 65 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 defined by the API. In some embodiments, the one or more parameters include a constant, a key, a data structure, an object, an object class, a variable, a data type, a pointer, an array, a list or a pointer to a function or method, and / or another way to reference a data or other item to be passed via the API.

[0204] Referring to FIG.3D, device 3150 is illustrated. In some embodiments, device 3150 is a personal computing device, a smart phone, a smart watch, a fitness tracker, a head mounted display (HMD) device, a media device, a communal device, a speaker, a television, and / or a tablet. As illustrated in FIG.3D, device 3150 includes application 3160 and an operating system (e.g., system 3110 shown in FIG.3E). Application 3160 includes application implementation module 3170 and API-calling module 3180. System 3110 includes API 3190 and implementation module 3100. It should be recognized that device 3150, application 3160, and / or system 3110 can include more, fewer, and / or different components than illustrated in FIGS.3D and 3E.

[0205] In some embodiments, application implementation module 3170 includes a set of one or more instructions corresponding to one or more operations performed by application 3160. For example, when application 3160 is a messaging application, application implementation module 3170 can include operations to receive and send messages. In some embodiments, application implementation module 3170 communicates with API-calling module 3180 to communicate with system 3110 via API 3190 (shown in FIG.3E).

[0206] In some embodiments, API 3190 is a software module (e.g., a collection of computer-readable instructions) that provides an interface that allows a different module (e.g., API-calling module 3180) to access and / or use one or more functions, methods, procedures, data structures, classes, and / or other services provided by implementation module 3100 of system 3110. For example, API-calling module 3180 can access a feature of implementation module 3100 through one or more API calls or invocations (e.g., embodied by a function or a method call) exposed by API 3190 (e.g., a software and / or hardware module that can receive API calls, respond to API calls, and / or send API calls) and can pass data and / or control information using one or more parameters via the API calls or invocations. In some embodiments, API 3190 allows application 3160 to use a service provided by a Software Development Kit (SDK) library. In some embodiments, application 3160 incorporates a call to a function or method provided by the SDK library and provided by API 3190 or uses data types or objects defined in the SDK library and provided by API 66 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 3190. In some embodiments, API-calling module 3180 makes an API call via API 3190 to access and use a feature of implementation module 3100 that is specified by API 3190. In such embodiments, implementation module 3100 can return a value via API 3190 to API- calling module 3180 in response to the API call. The value can report to application 3160 the capabilities or state of a hardware component of device 3150, including those related to aspects such as input capabilities and state, output capabilities and state, processing capability, power state, storage capacity and state, and / or communications capability. In some embodiments, API 3190 is implemented in part by firmware, microcode, or other low level logic that executes in part on the hardware component.

[0207] In some embodiments, API 3190 allows a developer of API-calling module 3180 (which can be a third-party developer) to leverage a feature provided by implementation module 3100. In such embodiments, there can be one or more API-calling modules (e.g., including API-calling module 3180) that communicate with implementation module 3100. In some embodiments, API 3190 allows multiple API-calling modules written in different programming languages to communicate with implementation module 3100 (e.g., API 3190 can include features for translating calls and returns between implementation module 3100 and API-calling module 3180) while API 3190 is implemented in terms of a specific programming language. In some embodiments, API-calling module 3180 calls APIs from different providers such as a set of APIs from an OS provider, another set of APIs from a plug-in provider, and / or another set of APIs from another provider (e.g., the provider of a software library) or creator of the another set of APIs.

[0208] Examples of API 3190 can include one or more of: a pairing API (e.g., for establishing secure connection, e.g., with an accessory), a device detection API (e.g., for locating nearby devices, e.g., media devices and / or smartphone), a payment API, a UIKit API (e.g., for generating user interfaces), a location detection API, a locator API, a maps API, a health sensor API, a sensor API, a messaging API, a push notification API, a streaming API, a collaboration API, a video conferencing API, an application store API, an advertising services API, a web browser API (e.g., WebKit API), a vehicle API, a networking API, a WiFi API, a Bluetooth API, an NFC API, a UWB API, a fitness API, a smart home API, contact transfer API, photos API, camera API, and / or image processing API. In some embodiments, the sensor API is an API for accessing data associated with a sensor of device 3150. For example, the sensor API can provide access to raw sensor data. For another 67 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 example, the sensor API can provide data derived (and / or generated) from the raw sensor data. In some embodiments, the sensor data includes temperature data, image data, video data, audio data, heart rate data, IMU (inertial measurement unit) data, lidar data, location data, GPS data, and / or camera data. In some embodiments, the sensor includes one or more of an accelerometer, temperature sensor, infrared sensor, optical sensor, heartrate sensor, barometer, gyroscope, proximity sensor, temperature sensor, and / or biometric sensor.

[0209] In some embodiments, implementation module 3100 is a system (e.g., operating system and / or server system) software module (e.g., a collection of computer-readable instructions) that is constructed to perform an operation in response to receiving an API call via API 3190. In some embodiments, implementation module 3100 is constructed to provide an API response (via API 3190) as a result of processing an API call. By way of example, implementation module 3100 and API-calling module 3180 can each be any one of an operating system, a library, a device driver, an API, an application program, or other module. It should be understood that implementation module 3100 and API-calling module 3180 can be the same or different type of module from each other. In some embodiments, implementation module 3100 is embodied at least in part in firmware, microcode, or hardware logic.

[0210] In some embodiments, implementation module 3100 returns a value through API 3190 in response to an API call from API-calling module 3180. While API 3190 defines the syntax and result of an API call (e.g., how to invoke the API call and what the API call does), API 3190 might not reveal how implementation module 3100 accomplishes the function specified by the API call. Various API calls are transferred via the one or more application programming interfaces between API-calling module 3180 and implementation module 3100. Transferring the API calls can include issuing, initiating, invoking, calling, receiving, returning, and / or responding to the function calls or messages. In other words, transferring can describe actions by either of API-calling module 3180 or implementation module 3100. In some embodiments, a function call or other invocation of API 3190 sends and / or receives one or more parameters through a parameter list or other structure.

[0211] In some embodiments, implementation module 3100 provides more than one API, each providing a different view of or with different aspects of functionality implemented by implementation module 3100. For example, one API of implementation module 3100 can provide a first set of functions and can be exposed to third-party developers, and another API 68 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 of implementation module 3100 can be hidden (e.g., not exposed) and provide a subset of the first set of functions and also provide another set of functions, such as testing or debugging functions which are not in the first set of functions. In some embodiments, implementation module 3100 calls one or more other components via an underlying API and thus is both an API-calling module and an implementation module. It should be recognized that implementation module 3100 can include additional functions, methods, classes, data structures, and / or other features that are not specified through API 3190 and are not available to API-calling module 3180. It should also be recognized that API-calling module 3180 can be on the same system as implementation module 3100 or can be located remotely and access implementation module 3100 using API 3190 over a network. In some embodiments, implementation module 3100, API 3190, and / or API-calling module 3180 is stored in a machine-readable medium, which includes any mechanism for storing information in a form readable by a machine (e.g., a computer or other data processing system). For example, a machine-readable medium can include magnetic disks, optical disks, random access memory; read only memory, and / or flash memory devices.

[0212] An application programming interface (API) is an interface between a first software process and a second software process that specifies a format for communication between the first software process and the second software process. Limited APIs (e.g., private APIs or partner APIs) are APIs that are accessible to a limited set of software processes (e.g., only software processes within an operating system or only software processes that are approved to access the limited APIs). Public APIs that are accessible to a wider set of software processes. Some APIs enable software processes to communicate about or set a state of one or more input devices (e.g., one or more touch sensors, proximity sensors, visual sensors, motion / orientation sensors, pressure sensors, intensity sensors, sound sensors, wireless proximity sensors, biometric sensors, buttons, switches, rotatable elements, and / or external controllers). Some APIs enable software processes to communicate about and / or set a state of one or more output generation components (e.g., one or more audio output generation components, one or more display generation components, and / or one or more tactile output generation components). Some APIs enable particular capabilities (e.g., scrolling, handwriting, text entry, image editing, and / or image creation) to be accessed, performed, and / or used by a software process (e.g., generating outputs for use by a software process based on input from the software process). Some APIs enable content from a 69 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 software process to be inserted into a template and displayed in a user interface that has a layout and / or behaviors that are specified by the template.

[0213] Many software platforms include a set of frameworks that provides the core objects and core behaviors that a software developer needs to build software applications that can be used on the software platform. Software developers use these objects to display content onscreen, to interact with that content, and to manage interactions with the software platform. Software applications rely on the set of frameworks for their basic behavior, and the set of frameworks provides many ways for the software developer to customize the behavior of the application to match the specific needs of the software application. Many of these core objects and core behaviors are accessed via an API. An API will typically specify a format for communication between software processes, including specifying and grouping available variables, functions, and protocols. An API call (sometimes referred to as an API request) will typically be sent from a sending software process to a receiving software process as a way to accomplish one or more of the following: the sending software process requesting information from the receiving software process (e.g., for the sending software process to take action on), the sending software process providing information to the receiving software process (e.g., for the receiving software process to take action on), the sending software process requesting action by the receiving software process, or the sending software process providing information to the receiving software process about action taken by the sending software process. Interaction with a device (e.g., using a user interface) will in some circumstances include the transfer and / or receipt of one or more API calls (e.g., multiple API calls) between multiple different software processes (e.g., different portions of an operating system, an application and an operating system, or different applications) via one or more APIs (e.g., via multiple different APIs). For example, when an input is detected the direct sensor data is frequently processed into one or more input events that are provided (e.g., via an API) to a receiving software process that makes some determination based on the input events, and then sends (e.g., via an API) information to a software process to perform an operation (e.g., change a device state and / or user interface) based on the determination. While a determination and an operation performed in response could be made by the same software process, alternatively the determination could be made in a first software process and relayed (e.g., via an API) to a second software process, that is different from the first software process, that causes the operation to be performed by the second software process. Alternatively, the second software process could relay instructions (e.g., via an API) to a third 70 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 software process that is different from the first software process and / or the second software process to perform the operation. It should be understood that some or all user interactions with a computer system could involve one or more API calls within a step of interacting with the computer system (e.g., between different software components of the computer system or between a software component of the computer system and a software component of one or more remote computer systems). It should be understood that some or all user interactions with a computer system could involve one or more API calls between steps of interacting with the computer system (e.g., between different software components of the computer system or between a software component of the computer system and a software component of one or more remote computer systems).

[0214] In some embodiments, the application can be any suitable type of application, including, for example, one or more of: a browser application, an application that functions as an execution environment for plug-ins, widgets or other applications, a fitness application, a health application, a digital payments application, a media application, a social network application, a messaging application, and / or a maps application.

[0215] In some embodiments, the application is an application that is pre-installed on the first computer system at purchase (e.g., a first-party application). In some embodiments, the application is an application that is provided to the first computer system via an operating system update file (e.g., a first-party application). In some embodiments, the application is an application that is provided via an application store. In some embodiments, the application store is pre-installed on the first computer system at purchase (e.g., a first-party application store) and allows download of one or more applications. In some embodiments, the application store is a third-party application store (e.g., an application store that is provided by another device, downloaded via a network, and / or read from a storage device). In some embodiments, the application is a third-party application (e.g., an app that is provided by an application store, downloaded via a network, and / or read from a storage device). In some embodiments, the application controls the first computer system to perform methods 700, 800, 1000, 1100, 1300, 1400, 1450, 1600, and / or 1800 (FIGS.7, 8A-8B, 10, 11, 13, 14A, 14B, 16, and / or 18) by calling an application programming interface (API) provided by the system process using one or more parameters.

[0216] In some embodiments, exemplary APIs provided by the system process include one or more of: a pairing API (e.g., for establishing secure connection, e.g., with an 71 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 accessory), a device detection API (e.g., for locating nearby devices, e.g., media devices and / or smartphone), a payment API, a UIKit API (e.g., for generating user interfaces), a location detection API, a locator API, a maps API, a health sensor API, a sensor API, a messaging API, a push notification API, a streaming API, a collaboration API, a video conferencing API, an application store API, an advertising services API, a web browser API (e.g., WebKit API), a vehicle API, a networking API, a WiFi API, a Bluetooth API, an NFC API, a UWB API, a fitness API, a smart home API, contact transfer API, a photos API, a camera API, and / or an image processing API.

[0217] In some embodiments, at least one API is a software module (e.g., a collection of computer-readable instructions) that provides an interface that allows a different module (e.g., API-calling module 3180) to access and use one or more functions, methods, procedures, data structures, classes, and / or other services provided by an implementation module of the system process. The API can define one or more parameters that are passed between the API-calling module and the implementation module. In some embodiments, API 3190 defines a first API call that can be provided by API-calling module 3180. The implementation module is a system software module (e.g., a collection of computer-readable instructions) that is constructed to perform an operation in response to receiving an API call via the API. In some embodiments, the implementation module is constructed to provide an API response (via the API) as a result of processing an API call. In some embodiments, the implementation module is included in the device (e.g., 3150) that runs the application. In some embodiments, the implementation module is included in an electronic device that is separate from the device that runs the application.

[0218] Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces that are, optionally, implemented on, for example, portable multifunction device 100.

[0219] FIG.4A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on portable multifunction device 100 in accordance with some embodiments. Similar user interfaces are, optionally, implemented on device 300. In some embodiments, user interface 400 includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof: • Signal strength indicator(s) 402 for wireless communication(s), such as cellular and Wi-Fi signals; • Time 404; 72 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 • Bluetooth indicator 405; • Battery status indicator 406; • Tray 408 with icons for frequently used applications, such as: o Icon 416 for telephone module 138, labeled “Phone,” which optionally includes an indicator 414 of the number of missed calls or voicemail messages; o Icon 418 for e-mail client module 140, labeled “Mail,” which optionally includes an indicator 410 of the number of unread e-mails; o Icon 420 for browser module 147, labeled “Browser;” and o Icon 422 for video and music player module 152, also referred to as iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.) module 152, labeled “iPod;” and • Icons for other applications, such as: o Icon 424 for IM module 141, labeled “Messages;” o Icon 426 for calendar module 148, labeled “Calendar;” o Icon 428 for image management module 144, labeled “Photos;” o Icon 430 for camera module 143, labeled “Camera;” o Icon 432 for online video module 155, labeled “Online Video;” o Icon 434 for stocks widget 149-2, labeled “Stocks;” o Icon 436 for map module 154, labeled “Maps;” o Icon 438 for weather widget 149-1, labeled “Weather;” o Icon 440 for alarm clock widget 149-4, labeled “Clock;” o Icon 442 for workout support module 142, labeled “Workout Support;” o Icon 444 for notes module 153, labeled “Notes;” and o Icon 446 for a settings application or module, labeled “Settings,” which provides access to settings for device 100 and its various applications 136. 73 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501

[0220] It should be noted that the icon labels illustrated in FIG.4A are merely exemplary. For example, icon 422 for video and music player module 152 is labeled “Music” or “Music Player.” Other labels are, optionally, used for various application icons. In some embodiments, a label for a respective application icon includes a name of an application corresponding to the respective application icon. In some embodiments, a label for a particular application icon is distinct from a name of an application corresponding to the particular application icon.

[0221] FIG.4B illustrates an exemplary user interface on a device (e.g., device 300, FIG. 3A) with a touch-sensitive surface 451 (e.g., a tablet or touchpad 355, FIG.3A) that is separate from the display 450 (e.g., touch screen display 112). Device 300 also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors (e.g., one or more of sensors 359) for detecting intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive surface 451 and / or one or more tactile output generators 357 for generating tactile outputs for a user of device 300.

[0222] Although some of the examples that follow will be given with reference to inputs on touch screen display 112 (where the touch-sensitive surface and the display are combined), in some embodiments, the device detects inputs on a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display, as shown in FIG.4B. In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., 451 in FIG.4B) has a primary axis (e.g., 452 in FIG.4B) that corresponds to a primary axis (e.g., 453 in FIG.4B) on the display (e.g., 450). In accordance with these embodiments, the device detects contacts (e.g., 460 and 462 in FIG.4B) with the touch- sensitive surface 451 at locations that correspond to respective locations on the display (e.g., in FIG.4B, 460 corresponds to 468 and 462 corresponds to 470). In this way, user inputs (e.g., contacts 460 and 462, and movements thereof) detected by the device on the touch- sensitive surface (e.g., 451 in FIG.4B) are used by the device to manipulate the user interface on the display (e.g., 450 in FIG.4B) of the multifunction device when the touch-sensitive surface is separate from the display. It should be understood that similar methods are, optionally, used for other user interfaces described herein.

[0223] Additionally, while the following examples are given primarily with reference to finger inputs (e.g., finger contacts, finger tap gestures, finger swipe gestures), it should be understood that, in some embodiments, one or more of the finger inputs are replaced with input from another input device (e.g., a mouse-based input or stylus input). For example, a swipe gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click (e.g., instead of a contact) followed 74 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 by movement of the cursor along the path of the swipe (e.g., instead of movement of the contact). As another example, a tap gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click while the cursor is located over the location of the tap gesture (e.g., instead of detection of the contact followed by ceasing to detect the contact). Similarly, when multiple user inputs are simultaneously detected, it should be understood that multiple computer mice are, optionally, used simultaneously, or a mouse and finger contacts are, optionally, used simultaneously.

[0224] FIG.5A illustrates exemplary personal electronic device 500. Device 500 includes body 502. In some embodiments, device 500 can include some or all of the features described with respect to devices 100 and 300 (e.g., FIGS.1A-4B). In some embodiments, device 500 has touch-sensitive display screen 504, hereafter touch screen 504. Alternatively, or in addition to touch screen 504, device 500 has a display and a touch-sensitive surface. As with devices 100 and 300, in some embodiments, touch screen 504 (or the touch-sensitive surface) optionally includes one or more intensity sensors for detecting intensity of contacts (e.g., touches) being applied. The one or more intensity sensors of touch screen 504 (or the touch-sensitive surface) can provide output data that represents the intensity of touches. The user interface of device 500 can respond to touches based on their intensity, meaning that touches of different intensities can invoke different user interface operations on device 500.

[0225] Exemplary techniques for detecting and processing touch intensity are found, for example, in related applications: International Patent Application Serial No. PCT / US2013 / 040061, titled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying User Interface Objects Corresponding to an Application,” filed May 8, 2013, published as WIPO Publication No. WO / 2013 / 169849, and International Patent Application Serial No. PCT / US2013 / 069483, titled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between Touch Input to Display Output Relationships,” filed November 11, 2013, published as WIPO Publication No. WO / 2014 / 105276, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.

[0226] In some embodiments, device 500 has one or more input mechanisms 506 and 508. Input mechanisms 506 and 508, if included, can be physical. Examples of physical input mechanisms include push buttons and rotatable mechanisms. In some embodiments, device 500 has one or more attachment mechanisms. Such attachment mechanisms, if included, can permit attachment of device 500 with, for example, hats, eyewear, earrings, necklaces, shirts, jackets, bracelets, watch straps, chains, trousers, belts, shoes, purses, 75 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 backpacks, and so forth. These attachment mechanisms permit device 500 to be worn by a user.

[0227] FIG.5B depicts exemplary personal electronic device 500. In some embodiments, device 500 can include some or all of the components described with respect to FIGS.1A, 1B, and 3A. Device 500 has bus 512 that operatively couples I / O section 514 with one or more computer processors 516 and memory 518. I / O section 514 can be connected to display 504, which can have touch-sensitive component 522 and, optionally, intensity sensor 524 (e.g., contact intensity sensor). In addition, I / O section 514 can be connected with communication unit 530 for receiving application and operating system data, using Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, near field communication (NFC), cellular, and / or other wireless communication techniques. Device 500 can include input mechanisms 506 and / or 508. Input mechanism 506 is, optionally, a rotatable input device or a depressible and rotatable input device, for example. Input mechanism 508 is, optionally, a button, in some examples.

[0228] Input mechanism 508 is, optionally, a microphone, in some examples. Personal electronic device 500 optionally includes various sensors, such as GPS sensor 532, accelerometer 534, directional sensor 540 (e.g., compass), gyroscope 536, motion sensor 538, and / or a combination thereof, all of which can be operatively connected to I / O section 514.

[0229] Memory 518 of personal electronic device 500 can include one or more non- transitory computer-readable storage mediums, for storing computer-executable instructions, which, when executed by one or more computer processors 516, for example, can cause the computer processors to perform the techniques described below, including processes 700, 800, 1000, and / or 1100 (FIGS.7, 8A-8B, 10, and 11). A computer-readable storage medium can be any medium that can tangibly contain or store computer-executable instructions for use by or in connection with the instruction execution system, apparatus, or device. In some examples, the storage medium is a transitory computer-readable storage medium. In some examples, the storage medium is a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium can include, but is not limited to, magnetic, optical, and / or semiconductor storages. Examples of such storage include magnetic disks, optical discs based on CD, DVD, or Blu-ray technologies, as well as persistent solid-state memory such as flash, solid-state drives, and the like. Personal electronic device 500 is not limited to the components and configuration of FIG.5B, but can include other or additional components in multiple configurations. 76 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501

[0230] In some embodiments, as shown in FIG.5C, the XR experience is provided to the user via an operating environment 5-100 that includes a computer system 5-101. The computer system 5-101 includes a controller 5-110 (e.g., processors of a portable electronic device or a remote server), a display generation component 5-120 (e.g., a head-mounted device (HMD), a display, a projector, a touch-screen, etc.), one or more input devices 5-125 (e.g., an eye tracking device 5-130, a hand tracking device 5-140, other input devices 5-150), one or more output devices 5-155 (e.g., speakers 5-160, tactile output generators 5-170, and other output devices 5-180), one or more sensors 5-190 (e.g., image sensors, light sensors, depth sensors, tactile sensors, orientation sensors, proximity sensors, temperature sensors, location sensors, motion sensors, velocity sensors, etc.), and optionally one or more peripheral devices 5-195 (e.g., home appliances, wearable devices, etc.). In some embodiments, one or more of the input devices 5-125, output devices 5-155, sensors 5-190, and peripheral devices 5-195 are integrated with the display generation component 5-120 (e.g., in a head-mounted device or a handheld device).

[0231] When describing an XR experience, various terms are used to differentially refer to several related but distinct environments that the user may sense and / or with which a user may interact (e.g., with inputs detected by a computer system 5-101 generating the XR experience that cause the computer system generating the XR experience to generate audio, visual, and / or tactile feedback corresponding to various inputs provided to the computer system 5-101). The following is a subset of these terms:

[0232] Physical environment: A physical environment refers to a physical world that people can sense and / or interact with without aid of electronic systems. Physical environments, such as a physical park, include physical articles, such as physical trees, physical buildings, and physical people. People can directly sense and / or interact with the physical environment, such as through sight, touch, hearing, taste, and smell.

[0233] Extended reality: In contrast, an extended reality (XR) environment refers to a wholly or partially simulated environment that people sense and / or interact with via an electronic system. In XR, a subset of a person’s physical motions, or representations thereof, are tracked, and, in response, one or more characteristics of one or more virtual objects simulated in the XR environment are adjusted in a manner that comports with at least one law of physics. For example, a XR system may detect a person’s head turning and, in response, adjust graphical content and an acoustic field presented to the person in a manner similar to 77 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 how such views and sounds would change in a physical environment. In some situations (e.g., for accessibility reasons), adjustments to characteristic(s) of virtual object(s) in a XR environment may be made in response to representations of physical motions (e.g., vocal commands). A person may sense and / or interact with a XR object using any one of their senses, including sight, sound, touch, taste, and smell. For example, a person may sense and / or interact with audio objects that create a 3D or spatial audio environment that provides the perception of point audio sources in 3D space. In another example, audio objects may enable audio transparency, which selectively incorporates ambient sounds from the physical environment with or without computer-generated audio. In some XR environments, a person may sense and / or interact only with audio objects.

[0234] Examples of XR include virtual reality and mixed reality.

[0235] Virtual reality: A virtual reality (VR) environment refers to a simulated environment that is designed to be based entirely on computer-generated sensory inputs for one or more senses. A VR environment comprises a plurality of virtual objects with which a person may sense and / or interact. For example, computer-generated imagery of trees, buildings, and avatars representing people are examples of virtual objects. A person may sense and / or interact with virtual objects in the VR environment through a simulation of the person’s presence within the computer-generated environment, and / or through a simulation of a subset of the person’s physical movements within the computer-generated environment.

[0236] Mixed reality: In contrast to a VR environment, which is designed to be based entirely on computer-generated sensory inputs, a mixed reality (MR) environment refers to a simulated environment that is designed to incorporate sensory inputs from the physical environment, or a representation thereof, in addition to including computer-generated sensory inputs (e.g., virtual objects). On a virtuality continuum, a mixed reality environment is anywhere between, but not including, a wholly physical environment at one end and virtual reality environment at the other end. In some MR environments, computer-generated sensory inputs may respond to changes in sensory inputs from the physical environment. Also, some electronic systems for presenting an MR environment may track location and / or orientation with respect to the physical environment to enable virtual objects to interact with real objects (that is, physical articles from the physical environment or representations thereof). For example, a system may account for movements so that a virtual tree appears stationary with respect to the physical ground. 78 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501

[0237] Examples of mixed realities include augmented reality and augmented virtuality.

[0238] Augmented reality: An augmented reality (AR) environment refers to a simulated environment in which one or more virtual objects are superimposed over a physical environment, or a representation thereof. For example, an electronic system for presenting an AR environment may have a transparent or translucent display through which a person may directly view the physical environment. The system may be configured to present virtual objects on the transparent or translucent display, so that a person, using the system, perceives the virtual objects superimposed over the physical environment. Alternatively, a system may have an opaque display and one or more imaging sensors that capture images or video of the physical environment, which are representations of the physical environment. The system composites the images or video with virtual objects, and presents the composition on the opaque display. A person, using the system, indirectly views the physical environment by way of the images or video of the physical environment, and perceives the virtual objects superimposed over the physical environment. As used herein, a video of the physical environment shown on an opaque display is called “pass-through video,” meaning a system uses one or more image sensor(s) to capture images of the physical environment, and uses those images in presenting the AR environment on the opaque display. Further alternatively, a system may have a projection system that projects virtual objects into the physical environment, for example, as a hologram or on a physical surface, so that a person, using the system, perceives the virtual objects superimposed over the physical environment. An augmented reality environment also refers to a simulated environment in which a representation of a physical environment is transformed by computer-generated sensory information. For example, in providing pass-through video, a system may transform one or more sensor images to impose a select perspective (e.g., viewpoint) different than the perspective captured by the imaging sensors. As another example, a representation of a physical environment may be transformed by graphically modifying (e.g., enlarging) portions thereof, such that the modified portion may be representative but not photorealistic versions of the originally captured images. As a further example, a representation of a physical environment may be transformed by graphically eliminating or obfuscating portions thereof.

[0239] Augmented virtuality: An augmented virtuality (AV) environment refers to a simulated environment in which a virtual or computer-generated environment incorporates one or more sensory inputs from the physical environment. The sensory inputs may be 79 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 representations of one or more characteristics of the physical environment. For example, an AV park may have virtual trees and virtual buildings, but people with faces photorealistically reproduced from images taken of physical people. As another example, a virtual object may adopt a shape or color of a physical article imaged by one or more imaging sensors. As a further example, a virtual object may adopt shadows consistent with the position of the sun in the physical environment.

[0240] In an augmented reality, mixed reality, or virtual reality environment, a view of a three-dimensional environment is visible to a user. The view of the three-dimensional environment is typically visible to the user via one or more display generation components (e.g., a display or a pair of display modules that provide stereoscopic content to different eyes of the same user) through a virtual viewport that has a viewport boundary that defines an extent of the three-dimensional environment that is visible to the user via the one or more display generation components. In some embodiments, the region defined by the viewport boundary is smaller than a range of vision of the user in one or more dimensions (e.g., based on the range of vision of the user, size, optical properties or other physical characteristics of the one or more display generation components, and / or the location and / or orientation of the one or more display generation components relative to the eyes of the user). In some embodiments, the region defined by the viewport boundary is larger than a range of vision of the user in one or more dimensions (e.g., based on the range of vision of the user, size, optical properties or other physical characteristics of the one or more display generation components, and / or the location and / or orientation of the one or more display generation components relative to the eyes of the user). The viewport and viewport boundary typically move as the one or more display generation components move (e.g., moving with a head of the user for a head mounted device or moving with a hand of a user for a handheld device such as a tablet or smartphone). A viewpoint of a user determines what content is visible in the viewport, a viewpoint generally specifies a location and a direction relative to the three-dimensional environment, and as the viewpoint shifts, the view of the three-dimensional environment will also shift in the viewport. For a head mounted device, a viewpoint is typically based on a location and direction of the head, face, and / or eyes of a user to provide a view of the three- dimensional environment that is perceptually accurate and provides an immersive experience when the user is using the head-mounted device. For a handheld or stationed device, the viewpoint shifts as the handheld or stationed device is moved and / or as a position of a user relative to the handheld or stationed device changes (e.g., a user moving toward, away from, 80 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 up, down, to the right, and / or to the left of the device). For devices that include display generation components with virtual passthrough, portions of the physical environment that are visible (e.g., displayed, and / or projected) via the one or more display generation components are based on a field of view of one or more cameras in communication with the display generation components which typically move with the display generation components (e.g., moving with a head of the user for a head mounted device or moving with a hand of a user for a handheld device such as a tablet or smartphone) because the viewpoint of the user moves as the field of view of the one or more cameras moves (and the appearance of one or more virtual objects displayed via the one or more display generation components is updated based on the viewpoint of the user (e.g., displayed positions and poses of the virtual objects are updated based on the movement of the viewpoint of the user)). For display generation components with optical passthrough, portions of the physical environment that are visible (e.g., optically visible through one or more partially or fully transparent portions of the display generation component) via the one or more display generation components are based on a field of view of a user through the partially or fully transparent portion(s) of the display generation component (e.g., moving with a head of the user for a head mounted device or moving with a hand of a user for a handheld device such as a tablet or smartphone) because the viewpoint of the user moves as the field of view of the user through the partially or fully transparent portions of the display generation components moves (and the appearance of one or more virtual objects is updated based on the viewpoint of the user).

[0241] In some embodiments a representation of a physical environment (e.g., displayed via virtual passthrough or optical passthrough) can be partially or fully obscured by a virtual environment. In some embodiments, the amount of virtual environment that is displayed (e.g., the amount of physical environment that is not displayed) is based on an immersion level for the virtual environment (e.g., with respect to the representation of the physical environment). For example, increasing the immersion level optionally causes more of the virtual environment to be displayed, replacing and / or obscuring more of the physical environment, and reducing the immersion level optionally causes less of the virtual environment to be displayed, revealing portions of the physical environment that were previously not displayed and / or obscured. In some embodiments, at a particular immersion level, one or more first background objects (e.g., in the representation of the physical environment) are visually de-emphasized (e.g., dimmed, blurred, and / or displayed with increased transparency) more than one or more second background objects, and one or more 81 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 third background objects cease to be displayed. In some embodiments, a level of immersion includes an associated degree to which the virtual content displayed by the computer system (e.g., the virtual environment and / or the virtual content) obscures background content (e.g., content other than the virtual environment and / or the virtual content) around / behind the virtual content, optionally including the number of items of background content displayed and / or the visual characteristics (e.g., colors, contrast, and / or opacity) with which the background content is displayed, the angular range of the virtual content displayed via the display generation component (e.g., 60 degrees of content displayed at low immersion, 120 degrees of content displayed at medium immersion, or 180 degrees of content displayed at high immersion), and / or the proportion of the field of view displayed via the display generation component that is consumed by the virtual content (e.g., 33% of the field of view consumed by the virtual content at low immersion, 66% of the field of view consumed by the virtual content at medium immersion, or 100% of the field of view consumed by the virtual content at high immersion). In some embodiments, the background content is included in a background over which the virtual content is displayed (e.g., background content in the representation of the physical environment). In some embodiments, the background content includes user interfaces (e.g., user interfaces generated by the computer system corresponding to applications), virtual objects (e.g., files or representations of other users generated by the computer system) not associated with or included in the virtual environment and / or virtual content, and / or real objects (e.g., pass-through objects representing real objects in the physical environment around the user that are visible such that they are displayed via the display generation component and / or a visible via a transparent or translucent component of the display generation component because the computer system does not obscure / prevent visibility of them through the display generation component). In some embodiments, at a low level of immersion (e.g., a first level of immersion), the background, virtual and / or real objects are displayed in an unobscured manner. For example, a virtual environment with a low level of immersion is optionally displayed concurrently with the background content, which is optionally displayed with full brightness, color, and / or translucency. In some embodiments, at a higher level of immersion (e.g., a second level of immersion higher than the first level of immersion), the background, virtual and / or real objects are displayed in an obscured manner (e.g., dimmed, blurred, or removed from display). For example, a respective virtual environment with a high level of immersion is displayed without concurrently displaying the background content (e.g., in a full screen or fully immersive mode). As another example, a virtual environment displayed with a medium level of 82 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 immersion is displayed concurrently with darkened, blurred, or otherwise de-emphasized background content. In some embodiments, the visual characteristics of the background objects vary among the background objects. For example, at a particular immersion level, one or more first background objects are visually de-emphasized (e.g., dimmed, blurred, and / or displayed with increased transparency) more than one or more second background objects, and one or more third background objects cease to be displayed. In some embodiments, a null or zero level of immersion corresponds to the virtual environment ceasing to be displayed and instead a representation of a physical environment is displayed (optionally with one or more virtual objects such as application, windows, or virtual three- dimensional objects) without the representation of the physical environment being obscured by the virtual environment. Adjusting the level of immersion using a physical input element provides for quick and efficient method of adjusting immersion, which enhances the operability of the computer system and makes the user-device interface more efficient.

[0242] Viewpoint-locked virtual object: A virtual object is viewpoint-locked when a computer system displays the virtual object at the same location and / or position in the viewpoint of the user, even as the viewpoint of the user shifts (e.g., changes). In embodiments where the computer system is a head-mounted device, the viewpoint of the user is locked to the forward facing direction of the user’s head (e.g., the viewpoint of the user is at least a portion of the field-of-view of the user when the user is looking straight ahead); thus, the viewpoint of the user remains fixed even as the user’s gaze is shifted, without moving the user’s head. In embodiments where the computer system has a display generation component (e.g., a display screen) that can be repositioned with respect to the user’s head, the viewpoint of the user is the augmented reality view that is being presented to the user on a display generation component of the computer system. For example, a viewpoint-locked virtual object that is displayed in the upper left corner of the viewpoint of the user, when the viewpoint of the user is in a first orientation (e.g., with the user’s head facing north) continues to be displayed in the upper left corner of the viewpoint of the user, even as the viewpoint of the user changes to a second orientation (e.g., with the user’s head facing west). In other words, the location and / or position at which the viewpoint-locked virtual object is displayed in the viewpoint of the user is independent of the user’s position and / or orientation in the physical environment. In embodiments in which the computer system is a head-mounted device, the viewpoint of the user is locked to the orientation of the user’s head, such that the virtual object is also referred to as a “head-locked virtual object.” 83 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501

[0243] Environment-locked virtual object: A virtual object is environment-locked (alternatively, “world-locked”) when a computer system displays the virtual object at a location and / or position in the viewpoint of the user that is based on (e.g., selected in reference to and / or anchored to) a location and / or object in the three-dimensional environment (e.g., a physical environment or a virtual environment). As the viewpoint of the user shifts, the location and / or object in the environment relative to the viewpoint of the user changes, which results in the environment-locked virtual object being displayed at a different location and / or position in the viewpoint of the user. For example, an environment-locked virtual object that is locked onto a tree that is immediately in front of a user is displayed at the center of the viewpoint of the user. When the viewpoint of the user shifts to the right (e.g., the user’s head is turned to the right) so that the tree is now left-of-center in the viewpoint of the user (e.g., the tree’s position in the viewpoint of the user shifts), the environment-locked virtual object that is locked onto the tree is displayed left-of-center in the viewpoint of the user. In other words, the location and / or position at which the environment- locked virtual object is displayed in the viewpoint of the user is dependent on the position and / or orientation of the location and / or object in the environment onto which the virtual object is locked. In some embodiments, the computer system uses a stationary frame of reference (e.g., a coordinate system that is anchored to a fixed location and / or object in the physical environment) in order to determine the position at which to display an environment- locked virtual object in the viewpoint of the user. An environment-locked virtual object can be locked to a stationary part of the environment (e.g., a floor, wall, table, or other stationary object) or can be locked to a moveable part of the environment (e.g., a vehicle, animal, person, or even a representation of portion of the users body that moves independently of a viewpoint of the user, such as a user’s hand, wrist, arm, or foot) so that the virtual object is moved as the viewpoint or the portion of the environment moves to maintain a fixed relationship between the virtual object and the portion of the environment.

[0244] In some embodiments a virtual object that is environment-locked or viewpoint- locked exhibits lazy follow behavior which reduces or delays motion of the environment- locked or viewpoint-locked virtual object relative to movement of a point of reference which the virtual object is following. In some embodiments, when exhibiting lazy follow behavior the computer system intentionally delays movement of the virtual object when detecting movement of a point of reference (e.g., a portion of the environment, the viewpoint, or a point that is fixed relative to the viewpoint, such as a point that is between 5-300cm from the 84 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 viewpoint) which the virtual object is following. For example, when the point of reference (e.g., the portion of the environment or the viewpoint) moves with a first speed, the virtual object is moved by the device to remain locked to the point of reference but moves with a second speed that is slower than the first speed (e.g., until the point of reference stops moving or slows down, at which point the virtual object starts to catch up to the point of reference). In some embodiments, when a virtual object exhibits lazy follow behavior the device ignores small amounts of movement of the point of reference (e.g., ignoring movement of the point of reference that is below a threshold amount of movement such as movement by 0-5 degrees or movement by 0-50 cm). For example, when the point of reference (e.g., the portion of the environment or the viewpoint to which the virtual object is locked) moves by a first amount, a distance between the point of reference and the virtual object increases (e.g., because the virtual object is being displayed so as to maintain a fixed or substantially fixed position relative to a viewpoint or portion of the environment that is different from the point of reference to which the virtual object is locked) and when the point of reference (e.g., the portion of the environment or the viewpoint to which the virtual object is locked) moves by a second amount that is greater than the first amount, a distance between the point of reference and the virtual object initially increases (e.g., because the virtual object is being displayed so as to maintain a fixed or substantially fixed position relative to a viewpoint or portion of the environment that is different from the point of reference to which the virtual object is locked) and then decreases as the amount of movement of the point of reference increases above a threshold (e.g., a “lazy follow” threshold) because the virtual object is moved by the computer system to maintain a fixed or substantially fixed position relative to the point of reference. In some embodiments the virtual object maintaining a substantially fixed position relative to the point of reference includes the virtual object being displayed within a threshold distance (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 5, 15, 20, or 50 cm) of the point of reference in one or more dimensions (e.g., up / down, left / right, and / or forward / backward relative to the position of the point of reference).

[0245] In some embodiments, spatial media includes spatial visual media and / or spatial audio. In some embodiments, a spatial capture is a capture of spatial media. In some embodiments, spatial visual media (also referred to as stereoscopic media) (e.g., a spatial image and / or a spatial video) is media that includes two different images or sets of images, representing two perspectives of the same or overlapping fields-of-view, for concurrent display. A first image representing a first perspective is presented to a first eye of the viewer 85 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 and a second image representing a second perspective, different from the first perspective, is concurrently presented to a second eye of the viewer. The first image and the second image have the same or overlapping fields-of-view. In some embodiments, a computer system displays the first image via a first display that is positioned for viewing by the first eye of the viewer and concurrently displays the second image via a second display, different from the first display, that is position for viewing by the second eye of the viewer. In some embodiments, the first image and the second image, when viewed together, create a depth effect and provide the viewer with depth perception for the contents of the images. In some embodiments, a first video representing a first perspective is presented to a first eye of the viewer and a second video representing a second perspective, different from the first perspective, is concurrently presented to a second eye of the viewer. The first video and the second video have the same or overlapping fields-of-view. In some embodiments, the first video and the second video, when viewed together, create a depth effect and provide the viewer with depth perception for the contents of the videos. In some embodiments, spatial audio experiences in headphones are produced by manipulating sounds in the headphone’s two audio channels (e.g., left and right) so that they resemble directional sounds arriving in the ear-canal. For example, the headphones can reproduce a spatial audio signal that simulates a soundscape around the listener (also referred to as the user). An effective spatial sound reproduction can render sounds such that the listener perceives the sound as coming from a location within the soundscape external to the listener’s head, just as the listener would experience the sound if encountered in the real world.

[0246] The geometry of the listener’s ear, and in particular the outer ear (pinna), has a significant effect on the sound that arrives from a sound source to a listener’s eardrum. The spatial audio sound experience is possible by taking into account the effect of the listener’s pinna, the listener’s head, and / or the listener’s torso to the sound that enters to the listener’s ear-canal. The geometry of the user’s ear is optionally determined by using a three- dimensional scanning device that produces a three-dimensional model of at least a portion of the visible parts of the user’s ear. This geometry is optionally used to produce a filter for producing the spatial audio experience. In some embodiments, spatial audio is audio that has been filtered such that a listener of the audio perceives the audio as coming from one or more directions and / or locations in three-dimensional space (e.g., from above, below, and / or in front of the listener). 86 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501

[0247] An example of such a filter is a Head-Related Transfer Function (HRTF) filter. These filters are used to provide an effect that is similar to how a human ear, head, and torso filter sounds. When the geometry of the ears of a listener is known, a personalized filter (e.g., a personalized HRTF filter) can be produced so that the sound experienced by that listener through headphones (e.g., in-ear headphones, on-ear headphones, and / or over-ear headphones) is more realistic. In some embodiments, two filters are produced—one filter per ear—so that each ear of the listener has a corresponding personalized filter (e.g., personalized HRTF filter), as the ears of the listener may be of different geometry.

[0248] In some embodiments, a HRTF filter includes some (or all) acoustic information required to describe how sound reflects or diffracts around a listener’s head before entering the listener’s auditory system. In some embodiments, a personalized HRTF filter can be selected from a database of previously determined HRTFs for users having similar anatomical characteristics. In some embodiments, a personalized HRTF filter can be generated by numerical modeling based on the geometry of the listener’s ear. One or more processors of the computer system optionally apply the personalized HRTF filter for the listener to an audio input signal to generate a spatial input signal for playback by headphones that are connected (e.g., wirelessly or by wire) to the computer system.

[0249] Hardware: There are many different types of electronic systems that enable a person to sense and / or interact with various XR environments. Examples include head- mounted systems, projection-based systems, heads-up displays (HUDs), vehicle windshields having integrated display capability, windows having integrated display capability, displays formed as lenses designed to be placed on a person’s eyes (e.g., similar to contact lenses), headphones / earphones, speaker arrays, input systems (e.g., wearable or handheld controllers with or without haptic feedback), smartphones, tablets, and desktop / laptop computers. A head-mounted system may include speakers and / or other audio output devices integrated into the head-mounted system for providing audio output. A head-mounted system may have one or more speaker(s) and an integrated opaque display. Alternatively, a head-mounted system may be configured to accept an external opaque display (e.g., a smartphone). The head- mounted system may incorporate one or more imaging sensors to capture images or video of the physical environment, and / or one or more microphones to capture audio of the physical environment. Rather than an opaque display, a head-mounted system may have a transparent or translucent display. The transparent or translucent display may have a medium through 87 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 which light representative of images is directed to a person’s eyes. The display may utilize digital light projection, OLEDs, LEDs, uLEDs, liquid crystal on silicon, laser scanning light source, or any combination of these technologies. The medium may be an optical waveguide, a hologram medium, an optical combiner, an optical reflector, or any combination thereof. In one embodiment, the transparent or translucent display may be configured to become opaque selectively. Projection-based systems may employ retinal projection technology that projects graphical images onto a person’s retina. Projection systems also may be configured to project virtual objects into the physical environment, for example, as a hologram or on a physical surface. In some embodiments, the controller 5-110 is configured to manage and coordinate a XR experience for the user. In some embodiments, the controller 5-110 includes a suitable combination of software, firmware, and / or hardware. The controller 5-110 is described in greater detail below with respect to FIG.5S. In some embodiments, the controller 5-110 is a computing device that is local or remote relative to the scene 5-105 (e.g., a physical environment). For example, the controller 5-110 is a local server located within the scene 5-105. In another example, the controller 5-110 is a remote server located outside of the scene 5-105 (e.g., a cloud server, central server, etc.). In some embodiments, the controller 5-110 is communicatively coupled with the display generation component 5-120 (e.g., an HMD, a display, a projector, a touchscreen, etc.) via one or more wired or wireless communication channels (e.g., BLUETOOTH, IEEE 802.11x, IEEE 802.16x, IEEE 802.3x, etc.). In another example, the controller 5-110 is included within the enclosure (e.g., a physical housing) of the display generation component 5-120 (e.g., an HMD, or a portable electronic device that includes a display and one or more processors, etc.), one or more of the input devices 5-125, one or more of the output devices 5-155, one or more of the sensors 5- 190, and / or one or more of the peripheral devices 5-195, or share the same physical enclosure or support structure with one or more of the above.

[0250] In some embodiments, the display generation component 5-120 is configured to provide the XR experience (e.g., at least a visual component of the XR experience) to the user. In some embodiments, the display generation component 5-120 includes a suitable combination of software, firmware, and / or hardware. The display generation component 5- 120 is described in greater detail below with respect to FIG.5T. In some embodiments, the functionalities of the controller 5-110 are provided by and / or combined with the display generation component 5-120. 88 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501

[0251] According to some embodiments, the display generation component 5-120 provides an XR experience to the user while the user is virtually and / or physically present within the scene 5-105.

[0252] In some embodiments, the display generation component is worn on a part of the user’s body (e.g., on his / her head, on his / her hand, etc.). As such, the display generation component 5-120 includes one or more XR displays provided to display the XR content. For example, in various embodiments, the display generation component 5-120 encloses the field-of-view of the user. In some embodiments, the display generation component 5-120 is a handheld device (such as a smartphone or tablet) configured to present XR content, and the user holds the device with a display directed towards the field-of-view of the user and a camera directed towards the scene 5-105. In some embodiments, the handheld device is optionally placed within an enclosure that is worn on the head of the user. In some embodiments, the handheld device is optionally placed on a support (e.g., a tripod) in front of the user. In some embodiments, the display generation component 5-120 is a XR chamber, enclosure, or room configured to present XR content in which the user does not wear or hold the display generation component 5-120. Many user interfaces described with reference to one type of hardware for displaying XR content (e.g., a handheld device or a device on a tripod) could be implemented on another type of hardware for displaying XR content (e.g., an HMD or other wearable computing device). For example, a user interface showing interactions with XR content triggered based on interactions that happen in a space in front of a handheld or tripod mounted device could similarly be implemented with an HMD where the interactions happen in a space in front of the HMD and the responses of the XR content are displayed via the HMD. Similarly, a user interface showing interactions with XR content triggered based on movement of a handheld or tripod mounted device relative to the physical environment (e.g., the scene 5-105 or a part of the user’s body (e.g., the user’s eye(s), head, or hand)) could similarly be implemented with an HMD where the movement is caused by movement of the HMD relative to the physical environment (e.g., the scene 5-105 or a part of the user’s body (e.g., the user’s eye(s), head, or hand)).

[0253] While pertinent features of the operating environment 5-100 are shown in FIG. 5C, those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate from the present disclosure that various other features have not been illustrated for the sake of brevity and so as not to obscure more pertinent aspects of the example embodiments disclosed herein. 89 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501

[0254] FIGS.5C-5R illustrate various examples of a computer system that is used to perform the methods and provide audio, visual and / or haptic feedback as part of user interfaces described herein. In some embodiments, the computer system includes one or more display generation components (e.g., first and second display assemblies 1-120a, 1-120b and / or first and second optical modules 11.1.1-104a and 11.1.1-104b) for displaying virtual elements and / or a representation of a physical environment to a user of the computer system, optionally generated based on detected events and / or user inputs detected by the computer system. User interfaces generated by the computer system are optionally corrected by one or more corrective lenses 11.3.2-216 that are optionally removably attached to one or more of the optical modules to enable the user interfaces to be more easily viewed by users who would otherwise use glasses or contacts to correct their vision. While many user interfaces illustrated herein show a single view of a user interface, user interfaces in a HMD are optionally displayed using two optical modules (e.g., first and second display assemblies 1- 120a, 1-120b and / or first and second optical modules 11.1.1-104a and 11.1.1-104b), one for a user’s right eye and a different one for a user’s left eye, and slightly different images are presented to the two different eyes to generate the illusion of stereoscopic depth, the single view of the user interface would typically be either a right-eye or left-eye view and the depth effect is explained in the text or using other schematic charts or views. In some embodiments, the computer system includes one or more external displays (e.g., display assembly 1-108) for displaying status information for the computer system to the user of the computer system (when the computer system is not being worn) and / or to other people who are near the computer system, optionally generated based on detected events and / or user inputs detected by the computer system. In some embodiments, the computer system includes one or more audio output components (e.g., electronic component 1-112) for generating audio feedback, optionally generated based on detected events and / or user inputs detected by the computer system. In some embodiments, the computer system includes one or more input devices for detecting input such as one or more sensors (e.g., one or more sensors in sensor assembly 1- 356, and / or FIG.5K) for detecting information about a physical environment of the device which can be used (optionally in conjunction with one or more illuminators such as the illuminators described in FIG.5K) to generate a digital passthrough image, capture visual media corresponding to the physical environment (e.g., photos and / or video), or determine a pose (e.g., position and / or orientation) of physical objects and / or surfaces in the physical environment so that virtual objects ban be placed based on a detected pose of physical objects and / or surfaces. In some embodiments, the computer system includes one or more input 90 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 devices for detecting input such as one or more sensors for detecting hand position and / or movement (e.g., one or more sensors in sensor assembly 1-356, and / or FIG.5K) that can be used (optionally in conjunction with one or more illuminators such as the illuminators 6-124 described in FIG.5K) to determine when one or more air gestures have been performed. In some embodiments, the computer system includes one or more input devices for detecting input such as one or more sensors for detecting eye movement (e.g., eye tracking and gaze tracking sensors in FIG.5K) which can be used (optionally in conjunction with one or more lights such as lights 11.3.2-110 in FIG.5Q) to determine attention or gaze position and / or gaze movement which can optionally be used to detect gaze-only inputs based on gaze movement and / or dwell. A combination of the various sensors described above can be used to determine user facial expressions and / or hand movements for use in generating an avatar or representation of the user such as an anthropomorphic avatar or representation for use in a real-time communication session where the avatar has facial expressions, hand movements, and / or body movements that are based on or similar to detected facial expressions, hand movements, and / or body movements of a user of the device. Gaze and / or attention information is, optionally, combined with hand tracking information to determine interactions between the user and one or more user interfaces based on direct and / or indirect inputs such as air gestures or inputs that use one or more hardware input devices such as one or more buttons (e.g., first button 1-128, button 11.1.1-114 , second button 1-132, and or dial or button 1-328), knobs (e.g., first button 1-128, button 11.1.1-114, and / or dial or button 1-328), digital crowns (e.g., first button 1-128 which is depressible and twistable or rotatable, button 11.1.1-114, and / or dial or button 1-328), trackpads, touch screens, keyboards, mice and / or other input devices. One or more buttons (e.g., first button 1-128, button 11.1.1-114, second button 1-132, and or dial or button 1-328) are optionally used to perform system operations such as recentering content in three-dimensional environment that is visible to a user of the device, displaying a home user interface for launching applications, starting real-time communication sessions, or initiating display of virtual three-dimensional backgrounds. Knobs or digital crowns (e.g., first button 1-128 which is depressible and twistable or rotatable, button 11.1.1-114, and / or dial or button 1-328) are optionally rotatable to adjust parameters of the visual content such as a level of immersion of a virtual three-dimensional environment (e.g., a degree to which virtual-content occupies the viewport of the user into the three-dimensional environment) or other parameters associated with the three-dimensional environment and the virtual content that is displayed via the optical modules (e.g., first and 91 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 second display assemblies 1-120a, 1-120b and / or first and second optical modules 11.1.1- 104a and 11.1.1-104b).

[0255] FIG.5D illustrates a front, top, perspective view of an example of a head- mountable display (HMD) device 1-100 configured to be donned by a user and provide virtual and altered / mixed reality (VR / AR) experiences. The HMD 1-100 can include a display unit 1-102 or assembly, an electronic strap assembly 1-104 connected to and extending from the display unit 1-102, and a band assembly 1-106 secured at either end to the electronic strap assembly 1-104. The electronic strap assembly 1-104 and the band 1-106 can be part of a retention assembly configured to wrap around a user’s head to hold the display unit 1-102 against the face of the user.

[0256] In at least one example, the band assembly 1-106 can include a first band 1-116 configured to wrap around the rear side of a user’s head and a second band 1-117 configured to extend over the top of a user’s head. The second strap can extend between first and second electronic straps 1-105a, 1-105b of the electronic strap assembly 1-104 as shown. The strap assembly 1-104 and the band assembly 1-106 can be part of a securement mechanism extending rearward from the display unit 1-102 and configured to hold the display unit 1-102 against a face of a user.

[0257] In at least one example, the securement mechanism includes a first electronic strap 1-105a including a first proximal end 1-134 coupled to the display unit 1-102, for example a housing 1-150 of the display unit 1-102, and a first distal end 1-136 opposite the first proximal end 1-134. The securement mechanism can also include a second electronic strap 1-105b including a second proximal end 1-138 coupled to the housing 1-150 of the display unit 1-102 and a second distal end 1-140 opposite the second proximal end 1-138. The securement mechanism can also include the first band 1-116 including a first end 1-142 coupled to the first distal end 1-136 and a second end 1-144 coupled to the second distal end 1-140 and the second band 1-117 extending between the first electronic strap 1-105a and the second electronic strap 1-105b. The straps 1-105a-b and band 1-116 can be coupled via connection mechanisms or assemblies 1-114. In at least one example, the second band 1-117 includes a first end 1-146 coupled to the first electronic strap 1-105a between the first proximal end 1-134 and the first distal end 1-136 and a second end 1-148 coupled to the second electronic strap 1-105b between the second proximal end 1-138 and the second distal end 1-140. 92 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501

[0258] In at least one example, the first and second electronic straps 1-105a-b include plastic, metal, or other structural materials forming the shape the substantially rigid straps 1- 105a-b. In at least one example, the first and second bands 1-116, 1-117 are formed of elastic, flexible materials including woven textiles, rubbers, and the like. The first and second bands 1-116, 1-117 can be flexible to conform to the shape of the user’ head when donning the HMD 1-100.

[0259] In at least one example, one or more of the first and second electronic straps 1- 105a-b can define internal strap volumes and include one or more electronic components disposed in the internal strap volumes. In one example, as shown in FIG.5D, the first electronic strap 1-105a can include an electronic component 1-112. In one example, the electronic component 1-112 can include a speaker. In one example, the electronic component 1-112 can include a computing component such as a processor.

[0260] In at least one example, the housing 1-150 defines a first, front-facing opening 1- 152. The front-facing opening is labeled in dotted lines at 1-152 in FIG.5D because the display assembly 1-108 is disposed to occlude the first opening 1-152 from view when the HMD 1-100 is assembled. The housing 1-150 can also define a rear-facing second opening 1-154. The housing 1-150 also defines an internal volume between the first and second openings 1-152, 1-154. In at least one example, the HMD 1-100 includes the display assembly 1-108, which can include a front cover and display screen (shown in other figures) disposed in or across the front opening 1-152 to occlude the front opening 1-152. In at least one example, the display screen of the display assembly 1-108, as well as the display assembly 1-108 in general, has a curvature configured to follow the curvature of a user’s face. The display screen of the display assembly 1-108 can be curved as shown to compliment the user’s facial features and general curvature from one side of the face to the other, for example from left to right and / or from top to bottom where the display unit 1-102 is pressed.

[0261] In at least one example, the housing 1-150 can define a first aperture 1-126 between the first and second openings 1-152, 1-154 and a second aperture 1-130 between the first and second openings 1-152, 1-154. The HMD 1-100 can also include a first button 1- 128 disposed in the first aperture 1-126 and a second button 1-132 disposed in the second aperture 1-130. The first and second buttons 1-128, 1-132 can be depressible through the respective apertures 1-126, 1-130. In at least one example, the first button 1-126 and / or 93 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 second button 1-132 can be twistable dials as well as depressible buttons. In at least one example, the first button 1-128 is a depressible and twistable dial button and the second button 1-132 is a depressible button.

[0262] FIG.5E illustrates a rear, perspective view of the HMD 1-100. The HMD 1-100 can include a light seal 1-110 extending rearward from the housing 1-150 of the display assembly 1-108 around a perimeter of the housing 1-150 as shown. The light seal 1-110 can be configured to extend from the housing 1-150 to the user’s face around the user’s eyes to block external light from being visible. In one example, the HMD 1-100 can include first and second display assemblies 1-120a, 1-120b disposed at or in the rearward facing second opening 1-154 defined by the housing 1-150 and / or disposed in the internal volume of the housing 1-150 and configured to project light through the second opening 1-154. In at least one example, each display assembly 1-120a-b can include respective display screens 1-122a, 1-122b configured to project light in a rearward direction through the second opening 1-154 toward the user’s eyes.

[0263] In at least one example, referring to both FIGS.5D and 5E, the display assembly 1-108 can be a front-facing, forward display assembly including a display screen configured to project light in a first, forward direction and the rear facing display screens 1-122a-b can be configured to project light in a second, rearward direction opposite the first direction. As noted above, the light seal 1-110 can be configured to block light external to the HMD 1-100 from reaching the user’s eyes, including light projected by the forward-facing display screen of the display assembly 1-108 shown in the front perspective view of FIG.5D. In at least one example, the HMD 1-100 can also include a curtain 1-124 occluding the second opening 1- 154 between the housing 1-150 and the rear-facing display assemblies 1-120a-b. In at least one example, the curtain 1-124 can be elastic or at least partially elastic.

[0264] Any of the features, components, and / or parts, including the arrangements and configurations thereof shown in FIGS.5D and 5E can be included, either alone or in any combination, in any of the other examples of devices, features, components, and parts shown in FIGS.5F-5H and described herein. Likewise, any of the features, components, and / or parts, including the arrangements and configurations thereof shown and described with reference to FIGS.5F-5H can be included, either alone or in any combination, in the example of the devices, features, components, and parts shown in FIGS.5D and 5E. 94 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501

[0265] FIG.5F illustrates an exploded view of an example of an HMD 1-200 including various portions or parts thereof separated according to the modularity and selective coupling of those parts. For example, the HMD 1-200 can include a band 1-216 which can be selectively coupled to first and second electronic straps 1-205a, 1-205b. The first securement strap 1-205a can include a first electronic component 1-212a and the second securement strap 1-205b can include a second electronic component 1-212b. In at least one example, the first and second straps 1-205a-b can be removably coupled to the display unit 1-202.

[0266] In addition, the HMD 1-200 can include a light seal 1-210 configured to be removably coupled to the display unit 1-202. The HMD 1-200 can also include lenses 1-218 which can be removably coupled to the display unit 1-202, for example over first and second display assemblies including display screens. The lenses 1-218 can include customized prescription lenses configured for corrective vision. As noted, each part shown in the exploded view of FIG.5F and described above can be removably coupled, attached, re- attached, and changed out to update parts or swap out parts for different users. For example, bands such as the band 1-216, light seals such as the light seal 1-210, lenses such as the lenses 1-218, and electronic straps such as the straps 1-205a-b can be swapped out depending on the user such that these parts are customized to fit and correspond to the individual user of the HMD 1-200.

[0267] Any of the features, components, and / or parts, including the arrangements and configurations thereof shown in FIG.5F can be included, either alone or in any combination, in any of the other examples of devices, features, components, and parts shown in FIGS.5D, 5E, and 5G-5H and described herein. Likewise, any of the features, components, and / or parts, including the arrangements and configurations thereof shown and described with reference to FIGS.5D, 5E, and 5G-5H can be included, either alone or in any combination, in the example of the devices, features, components, and parts shown in FIG.5F.

[0268] FIG.5G illustrates an exploded view of an example of a display unit 1-302 of an HMD. The display unit 1-302 can include a front display assembly 1-308, a frame / housing assembly 1-350, and a curtain assembly 1-324. The display unit 1-302 can also include a sensor assembly 1-356, logic board assembly 1-358, and cooling assembly 1-360 disposed between the frame assembly 1-350 and the front display assembly 1-308. In at least one example, the display unit 1-302 can also include a rear-facing display assembly 1-320 95 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 including first and second rear-facing display screens 1-322a, 1-322b disposed between the frame 1-350 and the curtain assembly 1-324.

[0269] In at least one example, the display unit 1-302 can also include a motor assembly 1-362 configured as an adjustment mechanism for adjusting the positions of the display screens 1-322a-b of the display assembly 1-320 relative to the frame 1-350. In at least one example, the display assembly 1-320 is mechanically coupled to the motor assembly 1-362, with at least one motor for each display screen 1-322a-b, such that the motors can translate the display screens 1-322a-b to match an interpupillary distance of the user’s eyes.

[0270] In at least one example, the display unit 1-302 can include a dial or button 1-328 depressible relative to the frame 1-350 and accessible to the user outside the frame 1-350. The button 1-328 can be electronically connected to the motor assembly 1-362 via a controller such that the button 1-328 can be manipulated by the user to cause the motors of the motor assembly 1-362 to adjust the positions of the display screens 1-322a-b.

[0271] Any of the features, components, and / or parts, including the arrangements and configurations thereof shown in FIG.5G can be included, either alone or in any combination, in any of the other examples of devices, features, components, and parts shown in FIGS.5D- 5F and 5H and described herein. Likewise, any of the features, components, and / or parts, including the arrangements and configurations thereof shown and described with reference to FIGS.5D-5F and 5H can be included, either alone or in any combination, in the example of the devices, features, components, and parts shown in FIG.5G.

[0272] FIG.5H illustrates an exploded view of another example of a display unit 1-406 of an HMD device similar to other HMD devices described herein. The display unit 1-406 can include a front display assembly 1-402, a sensor assembly 1-456, a logic board assembly 1-458, a cooling assembly 1-460, a frame assembly 1-450, a rear-facing display assembly 1- 421, and a curtain assembly 1-424. The display unit 1-406 can also include a motor assembly 1-462 for adjusting the positions of first and second display sub-assemblies 1-420a, 1-420b of the rear-facing display assembly 1-421, including first and second respective display screens for interpupillary adjustments, as described above.

[0273] The various parts, systems, and assemblies shown in the exploded view of FIG. 5H are described in greater detail herein with reference to FIGS.5D-5G as well as subsequent figures referenced in the present disclosure. The display unit 1-406 shown in FIG.5H can be 96 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 assembled and integrated with the securement mechanisms shown in FIGS.5D-5G, including the electronic straps, bands, and other components including light seals, connection assemblies, and so forth.

[0274] Any of the features, components, and / or parts, including the arrangements and configurations thereof shown in FIG.5H can be included, either alone or in any combination, in any of the other examples of devices, features, components, and parts shown in FIGS.5D- 5G and described herein. Likewise, any of the features, components, and / or parts, including the arrangements and configurations thereof shown and described with reference to FIGS. 5D-5G can be included, either alone or in any combination, in the example of the devices, features, components, and parts shown in FIG.5H.

[0275] FIG.5I illustrates a perspective, exploded view of a front cover assembly 3-100 of an HMD device described herein, for example the display assembly 1-108 of the HMD 1-100 shown in FIG.5D or any other HMD device shown and described herein. The front cover assembly 3-100 shown in FIG.5I can include a transparent or semi-transparent cover 3-102, shroud 3-104 (or “canopy”), adhesive layers 3-106, display assembly 3-108 including a lenticular lens panel or array 3-110, and a structural trim 3-112. The adhesive layer 3-106 can secure the shroud 3-104 and / or transparent cover 3-102 to the display assembly 3-108 and / or the trim 3-112. The trim 3-112 can secure the various components of the front cover assembly 3-100 to a frame or chassis of the HMD device.

[0276] In at least one example, as shown in FIG.5I, the transparent cover 3-102, shroud 3-104, and display assembly 3-108, including the lenticular lens array 3-110, can be curved to accommodate the curvature of a user’s face. The transparent cover 3-102 and the shroud 3- 104 can be curved in two or three dimensions, e.g., vertically curved in the Z-direction in and out of the Z-X plane and horizontally curved in the X-direction in and out of the Z-X plane. In at least one example, the display assembly 3-108 can include the lenticular lens array 3- 110 as well as a display panel having pixels configured to project light through the shroud 3- 104 and the transparent cover 3-102. The display assembly 3-108 can be curved in at least one direction, for example the horizontal direction, to accommodate the curvature of a user’s face from one side (e.g., left side) of the face to the other (e.g., right side). In at least one example, each layer or component of the display assembly 3-108, which will be shown in subsequent figures and described in more detail, but which can include the lenticular lens 97 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 array 3-110 and a display layer, can be similarly or concentrically curved in the horizontal direction to accommodate the curvature of the user’s face.

[0277] In at least one example, the shroud 3-104 can include a transparent or semi- transparent material through which the display assembly 3-108 projects light. In one example, the shroud 3-104 can include one or more opaque portions, for example opaque ink- printed portions or other opaque film portions on the rear surface of the shroud 3-104. The rear surface can be the surface of the shroud 3-104 facing the user’s eyes when the HMD device is donned. In at least one example, opaque portions can be on the front surface of the shroud 3-104 opposite the rear surface. In at least one example, the opaque portion or portions of the shroud 3-104 can include perimeter portions visually hiding any components around an outside perimeter of the display screen of the display assembly 3-108. In this way, the opaque portions of the shroud hide any other components, including electronic components, structural components, and so forth, of the HMD device that would otherwise be visible through the transparent or semi-transparent cover 3-102 and / or shroud 3-104.

[0278] In at least one example, the shroud 3-104 can define one or more apertures transparent portions 3-120 through which sensors can send and receive signals. In one example, the portions 3-120 are apertures through which the sensors can extend or send and receive signals. In one example, the portions 3-120 are transparent portions, or portions more transparent than surrounding semi-transparent or opaque portions of the shroud, through which sensors can send and receive signals through the shroud and through the transparent cover 3-102. In one example, the sensors can include cameras, IR sensors, LUX sensors, or any other visual or non-visual environmental sensors of the HMD device.

[0279] Any of the features, components, and / or parts, including the arrangements and configurations thereof shown in FIG.5I can be included, either alone or in any combination, in any of the other examples of devices, features, components, and parts described herein. Likewise, any of the features, components, and / or parts, including the arrangements and configurations thereof shown and described herein can be included, either alone or in any combination, in the example of the devices, features, components, and parts shown in FIG. 5I.

[0280] FIG.5J illustrates an exploded view of an example of an HMD device 6-100. The HMD device 6-100 can include a sensor array or system 6-102 including one or more 98 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 sensors, cameras, projectors, and so forth mounted to one or more components of the HMD 6-100. In at least one example, the sensor system 6-102 can include a bracket 1-338 on which one or more sensors of the sensor system 6-102 can be fixed / secured.

[0281] FIG.5K illustrates a portion of an HMD device 6-100 including a front transparent cover 6-104 and a sensor system 6-102. The sensor system 6-102 can include a number of different sensors, emitters, receivers, including cameras, IR sensors, projectors, and so forth. The transparent cover 6-104 is illustrated in front of the sensor system 6-102 to illustrate relative positions of the various sensors and emitters as well as the orientation of each sensor / emitter of the system 6-102. As referenced herein, “sideways,” “side,” “lateral,” “horizontal,” and other similar terms refer to orientations or directions as indicated by the X- axis shown in FIG.5L. Terms such as “vertical,” “up,” “down,” and similar terms refer to orientations or directions as indicated by the Z-axis shown in FIG.5L. Terms such as “frontward,” “rearward,” “forward,” backward,” and similar terms refer to orientations or directions as indicated by the Y-axis shown in FIG.5L.

[0282] In at least one example, the transparent cover 6-104 can define a front, external surface of the HMD device 6-100 and the sensor system 6-102, including the various sensors and components thereof, can be disposed behind the cover 6-104 in the Y-axis / direction. The cover 6-104 can be transparent or semi-transparent to allow light to pass through the cover 6- 104, both light detected by the sensor system 6-102 and light emitted thereby.

[0283] As noted elsewhere herein, the HMD device 6-100 can include one or more controllers including processors for electrically coupling the various sensors and emitters of the sensor system 6-102 with one or more mother boards, processing units, and other electronic devices such as display screens and the like. In addition, as will be shown in more detail below with reference to other figures, the various sensors, emitters, and other components of the sensor system 6-102 can be coupled to various structural frame members, brackets, and so forth of the HMD device 6-100 not shown in FIG.5K. FIG.5K shows the components of the sensor system 6-102 unattached and un-coupled electrically from other components for the sake of illustrative clarity.

[0284] In at least one example, the device can include one or more controllers having processors configured to execute instructions stored on memory components electrically coupled to the processors. The instructions can include, or cause the processor to execute, 99 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 one or more algorithms for self-correcting angles and positions of the various cameras described herein overtime with use as the initial positions, angles, or orientations of the cameras get bumped or deformed due to unintended drop events or other events.

[0285] In at least one example, the sensor system 6-102 can include one or more scene cameras 6-106. The system 6-102 can include two scene cameras 6-102 disposed on either side of the nasal bridge or arch of the HMD device 6-100 such that each of the two cameras 6-106 correspond generally in position with left and right eyes of the user behind the cover 6- 103. In at least one example, the scene cameras 6-106 are oriented generally forward in the Y-direction to capture images in front of the user during use of the HMD 6-100. In at least one example, the scene cameras are color cameras and provide images and content for MR video pass through to the display screens facing the user’s eyes when using the HMD device 6-100. The scene cameras 6-106 can also be used for environment and object reconstruction.

[0286] In at least one example, the sensor system 6-102 can include a first depth sensor 6- 108 pointed generally forward in the Y-direction. In at least one example, the first depth sensor 6-108 can be used for environment and object reconstruction as well as user hand and body tracking. In at least one example, the sensor system 6-102 can include a second depth sensor 6-110 disposed centrally along the width (e.g., along the X-axis) of the HMD device 6-100. For example, the second depth sensor 6-110 can be disposed above the central nasal bridge or accommodating features over the nose of the user when donning the HMD 6-100. In at least one example, the second depth sensor 6-110 can be used for environment and object reconstruction as well as hand and body tracking. In at least one example, the second depth sensor can include a LIDAR sensor.

[0287] In at least one example, the sensor system 6-102 can include a depth projector 6- 112 facing generally forward to project electromagnetic waves, for example in the form of a predetermined pattern of light dots, out into and within a field of view of the user and / or the scene cameras 6-106 or a field of view including and beyond the field of view of the user and / or scene cameras 6-106. In at least one example, the depth projector can project electromagnetic waves of light in the form of a dotted light pattern to be reflected off objects and back into the depth sensors noted above, including the depth sensors 6-108, 6-110. In at least one example, the depth projector 6-112 can be used for environment and object reconstruction as well as hand and body tracking. 100 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501

[0288] In at least one example, the sensor system 6-102 can include downward facing cameras 6-114 with a field of view pointed generally downward relative to the HDM device 6-100 in the Z-axis. In at least one example, the downward cameras 6-114 can be disposed on left and right sides of the HMD device 6-100 as shown and used for hand and body tracking, headset tracking, and facial avatar detection and creation for display a user avatar on the forward-facing display screen of the HMD device 6-100 described elsewhere herein. The downward cameras 6-114, for example, can be used to capture facial expressions and movements for the face of the user below the HMD device 6-100, including the cheeks, mouth, and chin.

[0289] In at least one example, the sensor system 6-102 can include jaw cameras 6-116. In at least one example, the jaw cameras 6-116 can be disposed on left and right sides of the HMD device 6-100 as shown and used for hand and body tracking, headset tracking, and facial avatar detection and creation for display a user avatar on the forward-facing display screen of the HMD device 6-100 described elsewhere herein. The jaw cameras 6-116, for example, can be used to capture facial expressions and movements for the face of the user below the HMD device 6-100, including the user’s jaw, cheeks, mouth, and chin.

[0290] In at least one example, the sensor system 6-102 can include side cameras 6-118. The side cameras 6-118 can be oriented to capture side views left and right in the X-axis or direction relative to the HMD device 6-100. In at least one example, the side cameras 6-118 can be used for hand and body tracking, headset tracking, and facial avatar detection and re- creation.

[0291] In at least one example, the sensor system 6-102 can include a plurality of eye tracking and gaze tracking sensors for determining an identity, status, and gaze direction of a user’s eyes during and / or before use. In at least one example, the eye / gaze tracking sensors can include nasal eye cameras 6-120 disposed on either side of the user’s nose and adjacent the user’s nose when donning the HMD device 6-100. The eye / gaze sensors can also include bottom eye cameras 6-122 disposed below respective user eyes for capturing images of the eyes for facial avatar detection and creation, gaze tracking, and iris identification functions.

[0292] In at least one example, the sensor system 6-102 can include infrared illuminators 6-124 pointed outward from the HMD device 6-100 to illuminate the external environment and any object therein with IR light for IR detection with one or more IR sensors of the 101 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 sensor system 6-102. In at least one example, the sensor system 6-102 can include a flicker sensor 6-126 and an ambient light sensor 6-128. In at least one example, the flicker sensor 6- 126 can detect overhead light refresh rates to avoid display flicker. In one example, the infrared illuminators 6-124 can include light emitting diodes and can be used especially for low light environments for illuminating user hands and other objects in low light for detection by infrared sensors of the sensor system 6-102.

[0293] In at least one example, multiple sensors, including the scene cameras 6-106, the downward cameras 6-114, the jaw cameras 6-116, the side cameras 6-118, the depth projector 6-112, and the depth sensors 6-108, 6-110 can be used in combination with an electrically coupled controller to combine depth data with camera data for hand tracking and for size determination for better hand tracking and object recognition and tracking functions of the HMD device 6-100. In at least one example, the downward cameras 6-114, jaw cameras 6- 116, and side cameras 6-118 described above and shown in FIG.5K can be wide angle cameras operable in the visible and infrared spectrums. In at least one example, these cameras 6-114, 6-116, 6-118 can operate only in black and white light detection to simplify image processing and gain sensitivity.

[0294] Any of the features, components, and / or parts, including the arrangements and configurations thereof shown in FIG.5K can be included, either alone or in any combination, in any of the other examples of devices, features, components, and parts shown in FIGS.5L- 5N and described herein. Likewise, any of the features, components, and / or parts, including the arrangements and configurations thereof shown and described with reference to FIGS. 5L-5N can be included, either alone or in any combination, in the example of the devices, features, components, and parts shown in FIG.5K.

[0295] FIG.5L illustrates a lower perspective view of an example of an HMD 6-200 including a cover or shroud 6-204 secured to a frame 6-230. In at least one example, the sensors 6-203 of the sensor system 6-202 can be disposed around a perimeter of the HDM 6- 200 such that the sensors 6-203 are outwardly disposed around a perimeter of a display region or area 6-232 so as not to obstruct a view of the displayed light. In at least one example, the sensors can be disposed behind the shroud 6-204 and aligned with transparent portions of the shroud allowing sensors and projectors to allow light back and forth through the shroud 6-204. In at least one example, opaque ink or other opaque material or films / layers can be disposed on the shroud 6-204 around the display area 6-232 to hide 102 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 components of the HMD 6-200 outside the display area 6-232 other than the transparent portions defined by the opaque portions, through which the sensors and projectors send and receive light and electromagnetic signals during operation. In at least one example, the shroud 6-204 allows light to pass therethrough from the display (e.g., within the display region 6-232) but not radially outward from the display region around the perimeter of the display and shroud 6-204.

[0296] In some examples, the shroud 6-204 includes a transparent portion 6-205 and an opaque portion 6-207, as described above and elsewhere herein. In at least one example, the opaque portion 6-207 of the shroud 6-204 can define one or more transparent regions 6-209 through which the sensors 6-203 of the sensor system 6-202 can send and receive signals. In the illustrated example, the sensors 6-203 of the sensor system 6-202 sending and receiving signals through the shroud 6-204, or more specifically through the transparent regions 6-209 of the (or defined by) the opaque portion 6-207 of the shroud 6-204 can include the same or similar sensors as those shown in the example of FIG.5K, for example depth sensors 6-108 and 6-110, depth projector 6-112, first and second scene cameras 6-106, first and second downward cameras 6-114, first and second side cameras 6-118, and first and second infrared illuminators 6-124. These sensors are also shown in the examples of FIGS.5M and 5N. Other sensors, sensor types, number of sensors, and relative positions thereof can be included in one or more other examples of HMDs.

[0297] Any of the features, components, and / or parts, including the arrangements and configurations thereof shown in FIG.5L can be included, either alone or in any combination, in any of the other examples of devices, features, components, and parts shown in FIGS.5K and 5M-5N and described herein. Likewise, any of the features, components, and / or parts, including the arrangements and configurations thereof shown and described with reference to FIGS.5K and 5M-5N can be included, either alone or in any combination, in the example of the devices, features, components, and parts shown in FIG.5L.

[0298] FIG.5M illustrates a front view of a portion of an example of an HMD device 6- 300 including a display 6-334, brackets 6-336, 6-338, and frame or housing 6-330. The example shown in FIG.5M does not include a front cover or shroud in order to illustrate the brackets 6-336, 6-338. For example, the shroud 6-204 shown in FIG.5L includes the opaque portion 6-207 that would visually cover / block a view of anything outside (e.g., 103 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 radially / peripherally outside) the display / display region 6-334, including the sensors 6-303 and bracket 6-338.

[0299] In at least one example, the various sensors of the sensor system 6-302 are coupled to the brackets 6-336, 6-338. In at least one example, the scene cameras 6-306 include tight tolerances of angles relative to one another. For example, the tolerance of mounting angles between the two scene cameras 6-306 can be 0.5 degrees or less, for example 0.3 degrees or less. In order to achieve and maintain such a tight tolerance, in one example, the scene cameras 6-306 can be mounted to the bracket 6-338 and not the shroud. The bracket can include cantilevered arms on which the scene cameras 6-306 and other sensors of the sensor system 6-302 can be mounted to remain un-deformed in position and orientation in the case of a drop event by a user resulting in any deformation of the other bracket 6-226, housing 6-330, and / or shroud.

[0300] Any of the features, components, and / or parts, including the arrangements and configurations thereof shown in FIG.5M can be included, either alone or in any combination, in any of the other examples of devices, features, components, and parts shown in FIGS.5K- 5L and 5N and described herein. Likewise, any of the features, components, and / or parts, including the arrangements and configurations thereof shown and described with reference to FIGS.5K-5L and 5N can be included, either alone or in any combination, in the example of the devices, features, components, and parts shown in FIG.5M.

[0301] FIG.5N illustrates a bottom view of an example of an HMD 6-400 including a front display / cover assembly 6-404 and a sensor system 6-402. The sensor system 6-402 can be similar to other sensor systems described above and elsewhere herein, including in reference to FIGS.5K-5M. In at least one example, the jaw cameras 6-416 can be facing downward to capture images of the user’s lower facial features. In one example, the jaw cameras 6-416 can be coupled directly to the frame or housing 6-430 or one or more internal brackets directly coupled to the frame or housing 6-430 shown. The frame or housing 6-430 can include one or more apertures / openings 6-415 through which the jaw cameras 6-416 can send and receive signals.

[0302] Any of the features, components, and / or parts, including the arrangements and configurations thereof shown in FIG.5N can be included, either alone or in any combination, in any of the other examples of devices, features, components, and parts shown in FIGS.5K- 104 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 5M and described herein. Likewise, any of the features, components, and / or parts, including the arrangements and configurations thereof shown and described with reference to FIGS. 5K-5M can be included, either alone or in any combination, in the example of the devices, features, components, and parts shown in FIG.5N.

[0303] FIG.5O illustrates a rear perspective view of an inter-pupillary distance (IPD) adjustment system 11.1.1-102 including first and second optical modules 11.1.1-104a-b slidably engaging / coupled to respective guide-rods 11.1.1-108a-b and motors 11.1.1-110a-b of left and right adjustment subsystems 11.1.1-106a-b. The IPD adjustment system 11.1.1- 102 can be coupled to a bracket 11.1.1-112 and include a button 11.1.1-114 in electrical communication with the motors 11.1.1-110a-b. In at least one example, the button 11.1.1- 114 can electrically communicate with the first and second motors 11.1.1-110a-b via a processor or other circuitry components to cause the first and second motors 11.1.1-110a-b to activate and cause the first and second optical modules 11.1.1-104a-b, respectively, to change position relative to one another.

[0304] In at least one example, the first and second optical modules 11.1.1-104a-b can include respective display screens configured to project light toward the user’s eyes when donning the HMD 11.1.1-100. In at least one example, the user can manipulate (e.g., depress and / or rotate) the button 11.1.1-114 to activate a positional adjustment of the optical modules 11.1.1-104a-b to match the inter-pupillary distance of the user’s eyes. The optical modules 11.1.1-104a-b can also include one or more cameras or other sensors / sensor systems for imaging and measuring the IPD of the user such that the optical modules 11.1.1-104a-b can be adjusted to match the IPD.

[0305] In one example, the user can manipulate the button 11.1.1-114 to cause an automatic positional adjustment of the first and second optical modules 11.1.1-104a-b. In one example, the user can manipulate the button 11.1.1-114 to cause a manual adjustment such that the optical modules 11.1.1-104a-b move further or closer away, for example when the user rotates the button 11.1.1-114 one way or the other, until the user visually matches her / his own IPD. In one example, the manual adjustment is electronically communicated via one or more circuits and power for the movements of the optical modules 11.1.1-104a-b via the motors 11.1.1-110a-b is provided by an electrical power source. In one example, the adjustment and movement of the optical modules 11.1.1-104a-b via a manipulation of the button 11.1.1-114 is mechanically actuated via the movement of the button 11.1.1-114. 105 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501

[0306] Any of the features, components, and / or parts, including the arrangements and configurations thereof shown in FIG.5O can be included, either alone or in any combination, in any of the other examples of devices, features, components, and parts shown in any other figures shown and described herein. Likewise, any of the features, components, and / or parts, including the arrangements and configurations thereof shown and described with reference to any other figure shown and described herein, either alone or in any combination, in the example of the devices, features, components, and parts shown in FIG.5O.

[0307] FIG.5P illustrates a front perspective view of a portion of an HMD 11.1.2-100, including an outer structural frame 11.1.2-102 and an inner or intermediate structural frame 11.1.2-104 defining first and second apertures 11.1.2-106a, 11.1.2-106b. The apertures 11.1.2-106a-b are shown in dotted lines in FIG.5P because a view of the apertures 11.1.2- 106a-b can be blocked by one or more other components of the HMD 11.1.2-100 coupled to the inner frame 11.1.2-104 and / or the outer frame 11.1.2-102, as shown. In at least one example, the HMD 11.1.2-100 can include a first mounting bracket 11.1.2-108 coupled to the inner frame 11.1.2-104. In at least one example, the mounting bracket 11.1.2-108 is coupled to the inner frame 11.1.2-104 between the first and second apertures 11.1.2-106a-b.

[0308] The mounting bracket 11.1.2-108 can include a middle or central portion 11.1.2- 109 coupled to the inner frame 11.1.2-104. In some examples, the middle or central portion 11.1.2-109 may not be the geometric middle or center of the bracket 11.1.2-108. Rather, the middle / central portion 11.1.2-109 can be disposed between first and second cantilevered extension arms extending away from the middle portion 11.1.2-109. In at least one example, the mounting bracket 108 includes a first cantilever arm 11.1.2-112 and a second cantilever arm 11.1.2-114 extending away from the middle portion 11.1.2-109 of the mount bracket 11.1.2-108 coupled to the inner frame 11.1.2-104.

[0309] As shown in FIG.5P, the outer frame 11.1.2-102 can define a curved geometry on a lower side thereof to accommodate a user’s nose when the user dons the HMD 11.1.2-100. The curved geometry can be referred to as a nose bridge 11.1.2-111 and be centrally located on a lower side of the HMD 11.1.2-100 as shown. In at least one example, the mounting bracket 11.1.2-108 can be connected to the inner frame 11.1.2-104 between the apertures 11.1.2-106a-b such that the cantilevered arms 11.1.2-112, 11.1.2-114 extend downward and laterally outward away from the middle portion 11.1.2-109 to compliment the nose bridge 11.1.2-111 geometry of the outer frame 11.1.2-102. In this way, the mounting bracket 11.1.2- 106 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 108 is configured to accommodate the user’s nose as noted above. The nose bridge 11.1.2- 111 geometry accommodates the nose in that the nose bridge 11.1.2-111 provides a curvature that curves with, above, over, and around the user’s nose for comfort and fit.

[0310] The first cantilever arm 11.1.2-112 can extend away from the middle portion 11.1.2-109 of the mounting bracket 11.1.2-108 in a first direction and the second cantilever arm 11.1.2-114 can extend away from the middle portion 11.1.2-109 of the mounting bracket 11.1.2-10 in a second direction opposite the first direction. The first and second cantilever arms 11.1.2-112, 11.1.2-114 are referred to as “cantilevered” or “cantilever” arms because each arm 11.1.2-112, 11.1.2-114, includes a distal free end 11.1.2-116, 11.1.2-118, respectively, which are free of affixation from the inner and outer frames 11.1.2-102, 11.1.2- 104. In this way, the arms 11.1.2-112, 11.1.2-114 are cantilevered from the middle portion 11.1.2-109, which can be connected to the inner frame 11.1.2-104, with distal ends 11.1.2- 102, 11.1.2-104 unattached.

[0311] In at least one example, the HMD 11.1.2-100 can include one or more components coupled to the mounting bracket 11.1.2-108. In one example, the components include a plurality of sensors 11.1.2-110a-f. Each sensor of the plurality of sensors 11.1.2-110a-f can include various types of sensors, including cameras, IR sensors, and so forth. In some examples, one or more of the sensors 11.1.2-110a-f can be used for object recognition in three-dimensional space such that it is important to maintain a precise relative position of two or more of the plurality of sensors 11.1.2-110a-f. The cantilevered nature of the mounting bracket 11.1.2-108 can protect the sensors 11.1.2-110a-f from damage and altered positioning in the case of accidental drops by the user. Because the sensors 11.1.2-110a-f are cantilevered on the arms 11.1.2-112, 11.1.2-114 of the mounting bracket 11.1.2-108, stresses and deformations of the inner and / or outer frames 11.1.2-104, 11.1.2-102 are not transferred to the cantilevered arms 11.1.2-112, 11.1.2-114 and thus do not affect the relative positioning of the sensors 11.1.2-110a-f coupled / mounted to the mounting bracket 11.1.2-108.

[0312] Any of the features, components, and / or parts, including the arrangements and configurations thereof shown in FIG.5P can be included, either alone or in any combination, in any of the other examples of devices, features, components, and described herein. Likewise, any of the features, components, and / or parts, including the arrangements and configurations thereof shown and described herein can be included, either alone or in any 107 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 combination, in the example of the devices, features, components, and parts shown in FIG. 5P.

[0313] FIG.5Q illustrates an example of an optical module 11.3.2-100 for use in an electronic device such as an HMD, including HDM devices described herein. As shown in one or more other examples described herein, the optical module 11.3.2-100 can be one of two optical modules within an HMD, with each optical module aligned to project light toward a user’s eye. In this way, a first optical module can project light via a display screen toward a user’s first eye and a second optical module of the same device can project light via another display screen toward the user’s second eye.

[0314] In at least one example, the optical module 11.3.2-100 can include an optical frame or housing 11.3.2-102, which can also be referred to as a barrel or optical module barrel. The optical module 11.3.2-100 can also include a display 11.3.2-104, including a display screen or multiple display screens, coupled to the housing 11.3.2-102. The display 11.3.2-104 can be coupled to the housing 11.3.2-102 such that the display 11.3.2-104 is configured to project light toward the eye of a user when the HMD of which the display module 11.3.2-100 is a part is donned during use. In at least one example, the housing 11.3.2-102 can surround the display 11.3.2-104 and provide connection features for coupling other components of optical modules described herein.

[0315] In one example, the optical module 11.3.2-100 can include one or more cameras 11.3.2-106 coupled to the housing 11.3.2-102. The camera 11.3.2-106 can be positioned relative to the display 11.3.2-104 and housing 11.3.2-102 such that the camera 11.3.2-106 is configured to capture one or more images of the user’s eye during use. In at least one example, the optical module 11.3.2-100 can also include a light strip 11.3.2-108 surrounding the display 11.3.2-104. In one example, the light strip 11.3.2-108 is disposed between the display 11.3.2-104 and the camera 11.3.2-106. The light strip 11.3.2-108 can include a plurality of lights 11.3.2-110. The plurality of lights can include one or more light emitting diodes (LEDs) or other lights configured to project light toward the user’s eye when the HMD is donned. The individual lights 11.3.2-110 of the light strip 11.3.2-108 can be spaced about the strip 11.3.2-108 and thus spaced about the display 11.3.2-104 uniformly or non- uniformly at various locations on the strip 11.3.2-108 and around the display 11.3.2-104. 108 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501

[0316] In at least one example, the housing 11.3.2-102 defines a viewing opening 11.3.2- 101 through which the user can view the display 11.3.2-104 when the HMD device is donned. In at least one example, the LEDs are configured and arranged to emit light through the viewing opening 11.3.2-101 and onto the user’s eye. In one example, the camera 11.3.2- 106 is configured to capture one or more images of the user’s eye through the viewing opening 11.3.2-101.

[0317] As noted above, each of the components and features of the optical module 11.3.2-100 shown in FIG.5Q can be replicated in another (e.g., second) optical module disposed with the HMD to interact (e.g., project light and capture images) of another eye of the user.

[0318] Any of the features, components, and / or parts, including the arrangements and configurations thereof shown in FIG.5Q can be included, either alone or in any combination, in any of the other examples of devices, features, components, and parts shown in FIG.5R or otherwise described herein. Likewise, any of the features, components, and / or parts, including the arrangements and configurations thereof shown and described with reference to FIG.5R or otherwise described herein can be included, either alone or in any combination, in the example of the devices, features, components, and parts shown in FIG.5Q.

[0319] FIG.5R illustrates a cross-sectional view of an example of an optical module 11.3.2-200 including a housing 11.3.2-202, display assembly 11.3.2-204 coupled to the housing 11.3.2-202, and a lens 11.3.2-216 coupled to the housing 11.3.2-202. In at least one example, the housing 11.3.2-202 defines a first aperture or channel 11.3.2-212 and a second aperture or channel 11.3.2-214. The channels 11.3.2-212, 11.3.2-214 can be configured to slidably engage respective rails or guide rods of an HMD device to allow the optical module 11.3.2-200 to adjust in position relative to the user’s eyes for match the user’s interpapillary distance (IPD). The housing 11.3.2-202 can slidably engage the guide rods to secure the optical module 11.3.2-200 in place within the HMD.

[0320] In at least one example, the optical module 11.3.2-200 can also include a lens 11.3.2-216 coupled to the housing 11.3.2-202 and disposed between the display assembly 11.3.2-204 and the user’s eyes when the HMD is donned. The lens 11.3.2-216 can be configured to direct light from the display assembly 11.3.2-204 to the user’s eye. In at least one example, the lens 11.3.2-216 can be a part of a lens assembly including a corrective lens 109 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 removably attached to the optical module 11.3.2-200. In at least one example, the lens 11.3.2-216 is disposed over the light strip 11.3.2-208 and the one or more eye-tracking cameras 11.3.2-206 such that the camera 11.3.2-206 is configured to capture images of the user’s eye...

Claims

Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 CLAIMS What is claimed is:

1. A method, comprising: at a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a representation of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item; while displaying the representation of the media library, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first user input; and in response to detecting the first user input: in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a first direction, updating, via the one or more display generation components, an appearance of the representation of the media library, including navigating through representations of a first plurality of the plurality of media items of the media library in a first scroll direction; and in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a second direction different from the first direction, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, at least a portion of a representation of a first media collection of media items from the media library that was not displayed prior to detecting the first user input, wherein: the first media collection includes a first subset of the plurality of media items of the media library; and the first subset of the plurality of media items is selected for inclusion in the first media collection based on a first set of criteria.

2. The method of claim 1, wherein: the first media collection is part of a set of media collections that are accessible via user inputs that include movement in the second direction; and the set of media collections includes one or more of: a media collection including media corresponding to one or more trips, a media collection including media corresponding 425 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 to one or more pets, a media collection including media corresponding to one or more recent events, a media collection including media corresponding to one or more places, a media collection including media corresponding to one or more search terms, a media collection including media corresponding to one or more albums, and a media collection including media corresponding to one or more featured items.

3. The method of any of claims 1-2, further comprising: while displaying the representation of the first media collection of media items from the media library, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a second user input; and in response to detecting the second user input: in accordance with a determination that the second user input includes movement in the first direction, updating, via the one or more display generation components, an appearance of the representation of the first media collection, including navigating through representations of at least some of the first subset of the plurality of media items ; and in accordance with a determination that the first swipe input includes movement in the second direction different from the first direction, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a representation of a second media collection of media items from the media library different from the first media collection, wherein: the second media collection includes a second subset of the plurality of media items of the media library different from the first subset of the plurality of media items of the media library; and the second subset of the plurality of media items is selected for inclusion in the second media collection based on a second set of criteria different from the first set of criteria.

4. The method of any of claims 1-3, further comprising: while displaying the representation of the first media collection, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a third user input that includes movement in the second direction; and in response to detecting the third user input that includes movement in the second direction: in accordance with a determination that the first media collection is not a final media collection in an ordered set of media collections, displaying, via the one or more 426 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 display generation components, a representation of a third media collection of media items from the media library different from the first media collection, wherein: the third media collection is ordered subsequent to the first media collection in the ordered set of media collections; the third media collection includes a third subset of the plurality of media items of the media library different from the first subset of the plurality of media items of the media library; and the third subset of the plurality of media items is selected for inclusion in the third media collection based on a third set of criteria different from the first set of criteria; and in accordance with a determination that the first media collection is a final media collection in the ordered set of media collections: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first customize affordance that, when selected, causes the computer system to initiate a process for modifying a first user interface corresponding to the ordered set of media collections; while displaying the first customize affordance, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a selection input corresponding to selection of the first customize affordance; and in response to detecting the selection input corresponding to selection of the first customize affordance, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, one or more options for modifying the first user interface.

5. The method of claim 4, wherein displaying the one or more options for modifying the first user interface includes displaying a first option that, when selected, causes the computer system to initiate a process for adding a new media collection to the ordered set of media collections.

6. The method of any of claims 4-5, wherein displaying the one or more options for modifying the first user interface includes displaying a second option that, when selected, causes the computer system to initiate a process for reordering the ordered set of media collections.

7. The method of claim 6, wherein: the ordered set of media collections includes: 427 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 the first media collection that includes the first subset of the plurality of media items in the media library; and the representation of the media library that corresponds to a media library collection that includes a majority of media items in the media library; the first media collection is movable between a plurality of different positions in the ordered set of media collections; and the representation of the media library is not movable from a fixed position within the ordered set of media collections.

8. The method of any of claims 4-7, wherein displaying the one or more options for modifying the first user interface includes displaying a third option that, when selected, causes the computer system to initiate a process for removing a respective media collection from the ordered set of media collections.

9. The method of claim 8, wherein: the ordered set of media collections includes: the first media collection that includes the first subset of the plurality of media items in the media library; and the representation of the media library that corresponds to a media library collection that includes a majority of media items in the media library; the first media collection is removable from the ordered set of media collections; and the representation of the media library is not removable from the ordered set of media collections.

10. The method of any of claims 1-9, wherein the first subset of the plurality of media items is selected for inclusion in the first media collection based on information about the media library.

11. The method of any of claims 1-10, wherein: the first media collection is part of a first ordered set of media collections that includes a plurality of media collections arranged in a first order; the first ordered set of media collections includes: the first media collection, wherein media items are selected for inclusion in the first media collection based on a first type of selection criteria; and 428 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 a second respective media collection different from the first media collection, wherein media items are selected for inclusion in the second respective media collection based on a second type of selection criteria different from the first type of selection criteria; and the method further comprises: at a first time, displaying, via the one or more display generation components: a representation of the first media collection at a first position within the ordered set of media collections, wherein the first media collection includes a first set of media items that are selected based on the first type of selection criteria; and a representation of the second respective media collection at a second position within the ordered set of media collections, wherein the second respective media collection includes a second set of media items that are selected based on the second type of selection criteria; and at a second time subsequent to the first time, displaying, via the one or more display generation components: a representation of a third respective media collection at the first position within the ordered set of media collections, wherein the third respective media collection includes a third set of media items that are different from the first set of media items and that are selected based on the first type of selection criteria; and a representation of a fourth respective media collection at the second position within the ordered set of media collections, wherein the fourth respective media collection includes a fourth set of media items that are different from the second set of media items and that are selected based on the second type of selection criteria.

12. The method of any of claims 1-11, further comprising: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first slideshow, wherein the first slideshow is populated using media items from the first media collection.

13. The method of any of claims 1-12, wherein displaying the representation of the media library includes displaying the representation of the media library as a three-dimensional stack, including: displaying representations of a first set of media items of the media library at a top layer of the three-dimensional stack; and 429 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 displaying representations of a second set of media items of the media library behind the top layer of the three-dimensional stack.

14. The method of claim 13, wherein updating the appearance of the representation of the media library includes displaying the three-dimensional stack flatten into a two-dimensional grid of media items.

15. The method of claim 13, further comprising: while displaying the representation of the media library, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a selection input corresponding to selection of a representation of the first media item; and in response to detecting the selection input corresponding to selection of the representation of the first media item, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, expansion of the first media item to occupy a greater display area of the one or more display generation components than was occupied by the representation of the first media item prior to detecting the first user input.

16. The method of any of claims 1-15, further comprising: displaying, concurrently with the representation of the media library, at least a portion of a respective region, wherein the respective region includes one or more sections of information from the media library.

17. The method of claim 16, further comprising: in response to detecting the first user input: in accordance with the determination that the first user input includes movement in the first direction, ceasing display of the respective region, wherein: updating the appearance of the representation of the media library includes displaying an expanded representation of the media library that occupies a greater display area than the representation of the media library; while displaying the expanded representation of the media library, detecting a close user input corresponding to a user request to cease display of the expanded representation of the media library; and in response to detecting the close user input: ceasing to display the expanded representation of the media library; and 430 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 re-displaying the at least the portion of the respective region.

18. The method of claim 17, wherein: displaying the representation of the media library includes displaying representations of a first set of media items; detecting the close user input comprises detecting the close user input while representations of a second set of media items different from the first set of media items is displayed within the expanded representation of the media library; the close user input comprises selection of a close affordance; and the method further comprises: in response to detecting the close user input, including selection of the close affordance, re-displaying the representation of the media library, wherein: re-displaying the representation of the media library includes displaying, within the representation of the media library, representations of a third set of media items different from the first set of media items, wherein the third set of media items corresponds to the second set of media items.

19. The method of claim 18, further comprising: subsequent to detecting the close user input, in accordance with a determination that a threshold duration of time has elapsed since detecting the close user input: ceasing display of the representations of the third set of media items within the representation of the media library; and re-displaying representations of the first set of media items within the representation of the media library.

20. The method of any of claims 17-19, wherein the close user input includes a drag gesture in a respective direction.

21. The method of any of claims 16-20, further comprising: in response to detecting the first user input: in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a third direction different from the first direction and the second direction, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, navigating through one or more additional sections of the respective region. 431 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 22. The method of claim 21, wherein: the respective region includes: a first section corresponding to a first category of content of a plurality of categories; and a second section distinct from the first section and corresponding to a second category of content different from the first category of content; and the first section includes: a first dynamic collection object that corresponds to a first dynamically- selected sub-category of content of a plurality of different sub-categories of content within the first category of content; and a first static collection object that corresponds to a first static sub-category of content within the first category of content, wherein: the first dynamic collection object is displayed in a first manner indicating that the first dynamic collection object corresponds to a dynamically-selected sub- category of content; and the first static collection object is displayed in a second manner indicating that the first static collection object corresponds to a static sub-category of content.

23. The method of claim 21, further comprising: in response to detecting the first user input: in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in the third direction different from the first direction and the second direction, ceasing to display at least a portion of the representation of the media library.

24. The method of any of claims 21-23, wherein: the respective region includes a utilities section, wherein the utilities section includes: a first option that, when selected, causes the computer system to display representations of one or more media items that include a first type of detected content within the media; and a second option, different from the first option, that, when selected, causes the computer system to display representations of one or more media items that include a second type of detected content within the media, wherein the second type of content is different from the first type of content. 432 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 25. The method of any of claims 21-24, wherein: the first media collection is part of an ordered set of media collections; and displaying navigating through one or more additional sections of the respective region includes displaying, within the respective region, a customize affordance that, when selected, causes the computer system to initiate a process for modifying a media collection user interface corresponding to the ordered set of media collections; while displaying the customize affordance, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a selection input corresponding to selection of the customize affordance; and in response to detecting the one or more user inputs, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, one or more options for modifying the media collection user interface.

26. The method any of claims 16-25, further comprising: in response to detecting the first user input: in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in the second direction and the first user input is directed to the respective region, updating, via the one or more display generation components, an appearance of the respective region, including navigating through media representations included in a first section of the respective region.

27. The method of any of claims 16-26, further comprising: in response to detecting the first user input: in accordance with the determination that the first user input includes movement in the second direction, displaying the representation of the first media collection while maintaining display of the at least a portion of the respective region.

28. The method of any of claims 16-27, wherein the one or more sections of information from the media library includes a wallpaper suggestion section that includes representations of one or more media items that are selected as recommendations to be used for wallpaper on the computer system. 433 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 29. The method of any of claims 16-28, further comprising: while displaying at least a portion of the respective region, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first set of user inputs; and in response to detecting the first set of user inputs, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a second user interface that includes one or more selectable options that, when selected by a user, modify the respective region in response to user input, wherein modifying the respective region includes modifying spatial arrangement of the one or more sections of information from the media library in the respective region.

30. The method of claim 29, wherein: the second user interface includes a first section display option corresponding to a respective section of the one or more sections, wherein: the first section display option provides a visual indication of whether the respective section is in an enabled state or a disabled state; in the enabled state, the respective section is displayed within the respective region; and in the disabled state, the respective section is not displayed within the respective region; and the method further comprises: while the respective section of the one or more sections is in the enabled state, receiving, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs corresponding to selection of the first section display option; and in response to receiving the one or more user inputs corresponding to selection of the first section display option: disabling the respective section; and causing the respective section to not be displayed within the respective region.

31. The method of any of claims 29-30, wherein the second user interface includes a fifth option that, when selected, causes the computer system to initiate a process for modifying a size of a respective section of the one or more sections. 434 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 32. The method of claim 31, further comprising: while displaying the second user interface including the fifth option, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a user input that includes selection of the fifth option, wherein the user input that includes selection of the fifth option corresponds to a user request to move the respective section that corresponds to the fifth option within the respective region; and in response to receiving the user input that includes selection of the fifth option: in accordance with a determination that the fifth option is moved to a first location of the second user interface, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the respective section of the one or more sections at a first size; and in accordance with a determination that the fifth option is moved to a second location of the second user interface, wherein the second location of the second user interface is different from the first location of the second user interface, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the respective section of the one or more sections at a second size different from the first size.

33. The method of any of claims 31-32, wherein: the second user interface includes a plurality of columns, including a first column that includes representations of a first subset of the one or more sections, and a second column that includes representations of a second subset of the one or more sections different from the first subset; and displaying the second user interface includes: in accordance with a determination that the computer system is oriented in a first orientation, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the first column having a first width; and in accordance with a determination that the computer system is oriented in a second orientation different from the first orientation, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the first column having a second width different from the first width.

34. The method of any of claims 29-33, wherein: the one or more sections of information from the media library are ordered within the second user interface in a first order; the second user interface includes a sixth option that, when selected, causes the computer system to initiate a process for reordering the one or more sections; and the method further comprises: 435 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 while displaying the second user interface with the one or more sections of information from the media library arranged in the first order, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a reordering input that includes selection of the sixth option; and in response to receiving the reordering input that includes selection of the sixth option, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, reordering the one or more sections of information from the first order to a second order different from the first order.

35. The method of any of claims 1-34, further comprising: in response to detecting the first user input: in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a fourth direction different from the first direction and the second direction, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a search user interface.

36. The method of any of claims 1-35, further comprising: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, and concurrently with the representation of the media library, a search affordance; while displaying the search affordance, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a selection input corresponding to selection of the search affordance; and in response to detecting the selection input corresponding to selection of the search affordance, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a search user interface.

37. The method of any of claims 1-36, further comprising: while displaying the representation of the first media collection of media items from the media library, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a selection input corresponding to selection of the representation of the first media collection; in response to detecting the selection input, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a media collection user interface representative of the first media collection, including concurrently displaying: an animated media representation that corresponds to a second plurality of media items selected from the first media collection, wherein displaying the animated media representation includes sequentially displaying different media items in the second plurality of media items over time; and 436 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 a media collection region that includes concurrently displaying representations of at least some of the first plurality of media items of the first media collection, including a first representation representative of a first media item and a second representation representative of a second media item different from the first media item; while displaying the media collection user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a fourth user input; and in response to detecting the fourth user input: in accordance with a determination that the fourth user input includes movement in the first direction and that the fourth user input is directed toward the animated media representation, ceasing display of the media collection user interface and re-displaying the representation of the first media collection of media items; and in accordance with a determination that the fourth user input includes movement in the first direction and that the fourth user input is directed toward the media collection region, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, expansion of the animated media representation to occupy a greater display area of the one or more display generation components than was occupied by the animated media representation prior to detecting the fourth user input.

38. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 1-37.

39. A computer system that is configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 1-37.

40. A computer system that is configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, comprising: means for performing the method of any of claims 1-37. 437 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 41. A computer program product, comprising one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 1-37.

42. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a representation of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item; while displaying the representation of the media library, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first user input; and in response to detecting the first user input: in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a first direction, updating, via the one or more display generation components, an appearance of the representation of the media library, including navigating through representations of a first plurality of the plurality of media items of the media library in a first scroll direction; and in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a second direction different from the first direction, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, at least a portion of a representation of a first media collection of media items from the media library that was not displayed prior to detecting the first user input, wherein: the first media collection includes a first subset of the plurality of media items of the media library; and the first subset of the plurality of media items is selected for inclusion in the first media collection based on a first set of criteria.

43. A computer system configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, comprising: one or more processors; and 438 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a representation of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item; while displaying the representation of the media library, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first user input; and in response to detecting the first user input: in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a first direction, updating, via the one or more display generation components, an appearance of the representation of the media library, including navigating through representations of a first plurality of the plurality of media items of the media library in a first scroll direction; and in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a second direction different from the first direction, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, at least a portion of a representation of a first media collection of media items from the media library that was not displayed prior to detecting the first user input, wherein: the first media collection includes a first subset of the plurality of media items of the media library; and the first subset of the plurality of media items is selected for inclusion in the first media collection based on a first set of criteria.

44. A computer system configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, comprising: means for displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a representation of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item; means for, while displaying the representation of the media library, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first user input; and means for, in response to detecting the first user input: 439 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a first direction, updating, via the one or more display generation components, an appearance of the representation of the media library, including navigating through representations of a first plurality of the plurality of media items of the media library in a first scroll direction; and in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a second direction different from the first direction, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, at least a portion of a representation of a first media collection of media items from the media library that was not displayed prior to detecting the first user input, wherein: the first media collection includes a first subset of the plurality of media items of the media library; and the first subset of the plurality of media items is selected for inclusion in the first media collection based on a first set of criteria.

45. A computer program product, comprising one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a representation of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item; while displaying the representation of the media library, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first user input; and in response to detecting the first user input: in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a first direction, updating, via the one or more display generation components, an appearance of the representation of the media library, including navigating through representations of a first plurality of the plurality of media items of the media library in a first scroll direction; and in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a second direction different from the first direction, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, at least a portion of a representation of a first media collection of 440 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 media items from the media library that was not displayed prior to detecting the first user input, wherein: the first media collection includes a first subset of the plurality of media items of the media library; and the first subset of the plurality of media items is selected for inclusion in the first media collection based on a first set of criteria.

46. A method, comprising: at a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first representation of a first media collection, wherein: the first media collection includes a first plurality of media items from a media library; and displaying the first representation of the first media collection includes concurrently displaying: an animated media representation that corresponds to a second plurality of media items selected from the first media collection, wherein displaying the animated media representation includes sequentially displaying different media items in the second plurality of media items over time; and a media collection region that includes concurrently displaying representations of at least some of the first plurality of media items of the first media collection, including a first representation representative of a first media item and a second representation representative of a second media item different from the first media item; while displaying the first representation of the first media collection, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first user input; and in response to detecting the first user input: in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a first direction, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, expansion of the animated media representation to occupy a greater display area of the one or more display generation components than was occupied by the animated media representation prior to detecting the first user input; and in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a second direction different from the first direction, displaying, via the one or 441 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 more display generation components, expansion of the media collection region to occupy a greater display area of the one or more display generation components than was occupied by the media collection region prior to detecting the first user input.

47. The method of claim 46, further comprising: in response to detecting the first user input: in accordance with the determination that the first user input includes movement in the first direction, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, movement of the first representation representative of the first media item and the second representation representative of the second media item in the first direction.

48. The method of any of claims 46-47, further comprising: in response to detecting the first user input: in accordance with the determination that the first user input includes movement in the first direction, ceasing to display the first representation representative of the first media item.

49. The method of any of claims 46-48, wherein displaying expansion of the media collection region to occupy the greater display area includes displaying movement of the first representation representative of the first media item and the second representation representative of the second media item in the second direction.

50. The method of any of claims 46-49, wherein displaying expansion of the media collection region to occupy the greater display area includes displaying a third representation representative of a third media item, wherein the third representation representative of the third media item is not displayed in the media collection region prior to detecting the first user input.

51. The method of any of claims 46-50, wherein: displaying expansion of the animated media representation to occupy a greater display area comprises displaying an expanded animated media representation, wherein: the expanded animated media representation corresponds to a third plurality of media items selected from the first media collection; 442 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 the third plurality of media items includes the second plurality of media items and one or more additional content items that are not in the second plurality of media items; and displaying the expanded animated media representation includes sequentially displaying different media items in the third plurality of media items over time.

52. The method of any of claims 46-51, wherein: the animated collection representation includes a first set of transition animations between media items; displaying expansion of the animated media representation to occupy a greater display area comprises displaying an expanded animated media representation; and the expanded animated media representation includes a second set of transition animations between media items different from the first set of transition animations.

53. The method of any of claims 46-52, further comprising: while displaying the media collection region, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first set of user inputs; and in response to detecting the first set of user inputs, modifying the number of media items in the first media collection.

54. The method of claim 53, further comprising: in response to detecting the first set of user inputs, modifying a number of media items included in the animated media representation.

55. The method of any of claims 53-54, wherein: displaying the media collection region includes displaying representations of a first number of media items within the media collection region; and the method further comprises: in response to detecting the first set of user inputs, displaying representations of a second number of media items within the media collection region different from the first number of media items. 443 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 56. The method of any of claims 46-55, further comprising: detecting, via the one or more input devices, a selection input corresponding to selection of a theme selection affordance; and in response to detecting the selection input corresponding to selection of the theme selection affordance, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first theme option that, when selected, causes the computer system to generate a first themed animated media representation corresponding to the first theme option.

57. The method of claim 56, wherein the first theme option is determined based on content in the first media collection.

58. The method of any of claims 56-57, further comprising: while displaying the first theme option, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a selection input corresponding to selection of the first theme option; and in response to detecting the selection input corresponding to selection of the first theme option, generating a second animated media representation that corresponds to a third plurality of media items and displays different media items in the third plurality of media items over time, wherein the third plurality of media items is selected from the first plurality of media items based on the first theme option.

59. The method of any of claims 46-58, further comprising: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a media collection navigation user interface that is different from the first representation of the first media collection, wherein the media collection navigation user interface includes a first animated collection representation that corresponds to the first media collection and the animated media representation.

60. The method of claim 59, further comprising: while displaying the first animated collection representation within the media collection navigation user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a navigation input; and in response to detecting the navigation input, displaying navigation from the first animated collection representation that corresponds to the first media collection to a second animated collection representation that is different from the first animated collection 444 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 representation and corresponds to a second media collection different from the first media collection.

61. The method of any of claims 59-60, wherein: displaying expansion of the animated media representation includes transitioning from displaying the animated media representation to displaying an expanded animated media representation; and the first animated collection representation includes a first set of media items selected from the first media collection; and the expanded animated media representation includes a second set of media items that includes the first set of media items and one or more additional media items from the first media collection that are not included in the first set of media items.

62. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 46-61.

63. A computer system that is configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 46-61.

64. A computer system that is configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, comprising: means for performing the method of any of claims 46-61.

65. A computer program product, comprising one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 46-61. 445 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 66. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first representation of a first media collection, wherein: the first media collection includes a first plurality of media items from a media library; and displaying the first representation of the first media collection includes concurrently displaying: an animated media representation that corresponds to a second plurality of media items selected from the first media collection, wherein displaying the animated media representation includes sequentially displaying different media items in the second plurality of media items over time; and a media collection region that includes concurrently displaying representations of at least some of the first plurality of media items of the first media collection, including a first representation representative of a first media item and a second representation representative of a second media item different from the first media item; while displaying the first representation of the first media collection, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first user input; and in response to detecting the first user input: in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a first direction, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, expansion of the animated media representation to occupy a greater display area of the one or more display generation components than was occupied by the animated media representation prior to detecting the first user input; and in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a second direction different from the first direction, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, expansion of the media collection region to occupy a greater display area of the one or more display generation components than was occupied by the media collection region prior to detecting the first user input. 446 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 67. A computer system configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, comprising: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first representation of a first media collection, wherein: the first media collection includes a first plurality of media items from a media library; and displaying the first representation of the first media collection includes concurrently displaying: an animated media representation that corresponds to a second plurality of media items selected from the first media collection, wherein displaying the animated media representation includes sequentially displaying different media items in the second plurality of media items over time; and a media collection region that includes concurrently displaying representations of at least some of the first plurality of media items of the first media collection, including a first representation representative of a first media item and a second representation representative of a second media item different from the first media item; while displaying the first representation of the first media collection, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first user input; and in response to detecting the first user input: in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a first direction, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, expansion of the animated media representation to occupy a greater display area of the one or more display generation components than was occupied by the animated media representation prior to detecting the first user input; and in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a second direction different from the first direction, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, expansion of the media collection region to occupy a greater display area of the one or more display generation components than was occupied by the media collection region prior to detecting the first user input. 447 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 68. A computer system configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, comprising: means for displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first representation of a first media collection, wherein: the first media collection includes a first plurality of media items from a media library; and displaying the first representation of the first media collection includes concurrently displaying: an animated media representation that corresponds to a second plurality of media items selected from the first media collection, wherein displaying the animated media representation includes sequentially displaying different media items in the second plurality of media items over time; and a media collection region that includes concurrently displaying representations of at least some of the first plurality of media items of the first media collection, including a first representation representative of a first media item and a second representation representative of a second media item different from the first media item; means for, while displaying the first representation of the first media collection, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first user input; and means for, in response to detecting the first user input: in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a first direction, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, expansion of the animated media representation to occupy a greater display area of the one or more display generation components than was occupied by the animated media representation prior to detecting the first user input; and in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a second direction different from the first direction, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, expansion of the media collection region to occupy a greater display area of the one or more display generation components than was occupied by the media collection region prior to detecting the first user input.

69. A computer program product, comprising one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: 448 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first representation of a first media collection, wherein: the first media collection includes a first plurality of media items from a media library; and displaying the first representation of the first media collection includes concurrently displaying: an animated media representation that corresponds to a second plurality of media items selected from the first media collection, wherein displaying the animated media representation includes sequentially displaying different media items in the second plurality of media items over time; and a media collection region that includes concurrently displaying representations of at least some of the first plurality of media items of the first media collection, including a first representation representative of a first media item and a second representation representative of a second media item different from the first media item; while displaying the first representation of the first media collection, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first user input; and in response to detecting the first user input: in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a first direction, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, expansion of the animated media representation to occupy a greater display area of the one or more display generation components than was occupied by the animated media representation prior to detecting the first user input; and in accordance with a determination that the first user input includes movement in a second direction different from the first direction, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, expansion of the media collection region to occupy a greater display area of the one or more display generation components than was occupied by the media collection region prior to detecting the first user input.

70. A method, comprising: at a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a search user interface, including: 449 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 displaying, within the search user interface, a representation of a first query and a representation of a first set of content that is responsive to the first query; and after displaying the representation of the first query and the representation of the first set of content: automatically ceasing display of the representation of the first set of content that is responsive to the first query; and automatically displaying a representation of a second query and a representation of a second set of content that is responsive to the second query, wherein the second set of content is different from the first set of content and the second query is different from the first query.

71. The method of claim 70, wherein: the representation of the first query includes a first set of one or more terms of the first query; and the representation of the second query includes a second set of one or more terms of the second query.

72. The method of any of claims 70-71, wherein: displaying the representation of the first query comprises: at a first time, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first term of the first query; and at a second time subsequent to the first time, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a second term of the first query concurrently with the first term of the first query, wherein the second term of the first query was not displayed at the first time; and displaying the representation of the second query comprises: at a third time, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first term of the second query; and at a fourth time subsequent to the third time, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a second term of the second query concurrently with the first term of the second query, wherein the second term of the second query was not displayed at the third time. 450 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 73. The method of any of claims 70-72, wherein: displaying the representation of the first set of content that is responsive to the first query comprises: at a first respective time, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a representation of a first set of one or more media items of the first set of content that is responsive to the first query; and at a second respective time subsequent to the first respective time, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a representation of a second set of one or more media items of the first set of content that is responsive to the first query, wherein the second set of one or more media items of the first set of content is different from the first set of one or more media items of the first set of content; and displaying the representation of the second set of content that is responsive to the second query comprises: at a third respective time, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a representation of a first set of one or more media items of the second set of content that is responsive to the second query; and at a fourth respective time subsequent to the second respective time, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a representation of a second set of one or more media items of the second set of content that is responsive to the second query, wherein the second set of one or more media items of the second set of content is different from the first set of one or more media items of the second set of content.

74. The method of any of claims 70-73, wherein: displaying the search user interface further comprises: displaying, concurrently with the representation of the first query and the representation of the first set of content, a search field, wherein the search field is displayed in an empty state; and displaying, concurrently with the representation of the second query and the representation of the second set of content, the search field in the empty state.

75. The method of any of claims 70-74, wherein displaying the search user interface further comprises: after displaying the representation of the second query and the representation of the second set of content: 451 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 automatically ceasing display of the representation of the second set of content that is responsive to the second query; and automatically displaying a representation of a third query and a representation of a third set of content that is responsive to the third query, wherein the third set of content is different from the first set of content and the second set of content and the third query is different from the first query and the second query.

76. The method of any of claims 70-75, wherein the first query and the second query are automatically selected by the computer system.

77. The method of any of claims 70-76, further comprising: while displaying the representation of the second query and the representation of the second set of content that is responsive to the second query, detecting a first user input corresponding to selection of the representation of the second set of content; and in response to detecting the first user input corresponding to selection of the representation of the second set of content: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a search results user interface, wherein the search results user interface includes representations of a respective set of content that is responsive to the second query.

78. The method of any of claims 70-77, further comprising: displaying a search entry field; and while displaying the representation of the second query and the representation of the second set of content that is responsive to the second query and the search entry field, detecting a user input corresponding to selection of the representation of the second set of content; and in response to detecting the user input corresponding to selection of the representation of the second set of content: displaying a second representation of the second query within the search entry field.

79. The method of claim 78, further comprising: while displaying the second query within the search entry field, detecting one or more user inputs corresponding to a user request to modify the search entry field; and 452 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 in response to detecting the one or more user inputs corresponding to the user request to modify the search entry field: displaying, within the search entry field, a modified query different from the second query; and displaying, via the one or more display generation components, representations of a second respective set of content that is responsive to the modified query.

80. The method of any of claims 70-79, further comprising: displaying, concurrently with the representation of the second query and the representation of the second set of content, a text entry field; and while displaying the text entry field concurrently with the representation of the second query and the representation of the second set of content, detecting one or more user inputs corresponding to a user request to enter a search query into the text entry field; and in response to detecting the one or more user inputs corresponding to a user request to enter the search query into the text entry field: ceasing display of the representation of the second query and the representation of the second set of content; and displaying, via the one or more display generation components, representations of a set of results that is responsive to the search query.

81. The method of claim 80, further comprising: while displaying the representations of the set of results content that is responsive to the search query, detecting one or more user inputs corresponding to a user request to modify the search query by adding one or more search terms to the search query, wherein the user request to modify the search query by adding one or more search terms to the search query results in a modified search query; and in response to detecting the one or more user inputs corresponding to the user request to modify the search query by adding one or more search terms to the search query: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, representations of a second set of results content that is responsive to the modified search query, wherein the second set of results content is different from the set of results content. 453 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 82. The method of any of claims 80-81, wherein: displaying the representations of the set of results content that is responsive to the search query comprises displaying the representations of the set of results content within a search results user interface, wherein the search results user interface includes: a first region that includes representations of a first subset of the set of results content that have been selected by the computer system as meeting result priority criteria; a second region different from the first region that includes a representation of a first media collection that is responsive to the search query and a representation of a second media collection that is responsive to the search query and is different from the representation of the first media collection; and a third region different from the first region and the second region that includes representations of a second subset of the set of results content different from the first subset of the set of results content.

83. The method of any of claims 70-82, wherein: the first set of content is selected from a media library corresponding to a user of the computer system based on the first query; and the second set of content is selected from the media library corresponding to the user of the computer system based on the second query.

84. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 70-83.

85. A computer system that is configured to communicate with one or more display generation components, the computer system comprising: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 70-83. 454 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 86. A computer system that is configured to communicate with one or more display generation components, comprising: means for performing the method of any of claims 70-83.

87. A computer program product, comprising one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 70-83.

88. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a search user interface, including: displaying, within the search user interface, a representation of a first query and a representation of a first set of content that is responsive to the first query); and after displaying the representation of the first query and the representation of the first set of content: automatically ceasing display of the representation of the first set of content that is responsive to the first query; and automatically displaying a representation of a second query and a representation of a second set of content that is responsive to the second query, wherein the second set of content is different from the first set of content and the second query is different from the first query.

89. A computer system configured to communicate with one or more display generation components, comprising: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a search user interface, including: 455 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 displaying, within the search user interface, a representation of a first query and a representation of a first set of content that is responsive to the first query); and after displaying the representation of the first query and the representation of the first set of content: automatically ceasing display of the representation of the first set of content that is responsive to the first query; and automatically displaying a representation of a second query and a representation of a second set of content that is responsive to the second query, wherein the second set of content is different from the first set of content and the second query is different from the first query.

90. A computer system configured to communicate with one or more display generation components, comprising: means for displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a search user interface, including: means for displaying, within the search user interface, a representation of a first query and a representation of a first set of content that is responsive to the first query); and means for, after displaying the representation of the first query and the representation of the first set of content: automatically ceasing display of the representation of the first set of content that is responsive to the first query; and automatically displaying a representation of a second query and a representation of a second set of content that is responsive to the second query, wherein the second set of content is different from the first set of content and the second query is different from the first query.

91. A computer program product, comprising one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a search user interface, including: displaying, within the search user interface, a representation of a first query and a representation of a first set of content that is responsive to the first query); and 456 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 after displaying the representation of the first query and the representation of the first set of content: automatically ceasing display of the representation of the first set of content that is responsive to the first query; and automatically displaying a representation of a second query and a representation of a second set of content that is responsive to the second query, wherein the second set of content is different from the first set of content and the second query is different from the first query.

92. A method, comprising: at a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a first user input that corresponds to a first term in a search query that includes multiple terms; and in response to receiving the first user input that corresponds to the first term: in accordance with a determination that the first term meets ambiguity criteria, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first prompt prompting a user to provide one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the first term without changing other terms in the search query.

93. The method of any of claims 92 and 264, wherein the determination that the first term meets ambiguity criteria comprises a determination that the first term meets ambiguity criteria based on a second term in the search query different from the first term.

94. The method of any of claims 92-93 and 264, further comprising: while displaying the first prompt prompting the user to provide one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the first term, receiving, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the first term; and in response to receiving the one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the first term, maintaining first information indicating a relationship between the first term and one or more other terms in the search query. 457 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 95. The method of claim 94, wherein: maintaining first information indicating a relationship between the first term and one or more other terms in the search query includes maintaining first information indicating a relationship between a first person and a second person different from the first person.

96. The method of claim 94, wherein: maintaining first information indicating a relationship between the first term and one or more other terms in the search query includes maintaining first information indicating a relationship between a first person and a first event.

97. The method of any of claims 94-96, further comprising: in response to receiving the one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the first term, updating contact information corresponding to a first contact.

98. The method of any of claims 92-97 and 264, further comprising: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a representation of the search query, including concurrently displaying: a representation of the first term; and a representation of a second term of the search query different from the first term; while displaying the representation of the search query, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a selection input corresponding to selection of the representation of the first term; and in response to receiving the selection input corresponding to selection of the representation of the first term: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a disambiguation user interface corresponding to the first term.

99. The method of claim 98, wherein the disambiguation user interface includes a first location option for identifying a first location.

100. The method of any of claims 98-99, wherein the disambiguation user interface includes a first date option for identifying a first date. 458 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 101. The method of any of claims 98-100, wherein displaying the disambiguation user interface corresponding to the first term comprises: in accordance with a determination that the first term satisfies a first set of criteria, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first disambiguation user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the first term satisfies a second set of criteria different from the first set of criteria, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a second disambiguation user interface different from the first disambiguation user interface.

102. The method of any of claims 98-101, wherein displaying the disambiguation user interface corresponding to the first term comprises: in accordance with a determination that a combination of one or more terms of the search query different from the first term satisfy a first respective set of criteria, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first respective disambiguation user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the combination of one or more terms of the search query different from the first term satisfy a second respective set of criteria different from the first respective set of criteria, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a second respective disambiguation user interface different from the first respective disambiguation user interface.

103. The method of any of claims 92-102 and 264, further comprising: while displaying the first prompt prompting the user to provide one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the first term: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a search field that displays a representation of the search query, including the first term; displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first set of search results responsive to the search query; and receiving, via the one or more input devices, a first set of user inputs corresponding to user clarification of the meaning of the first term; and in response to receiving the first set of user inputs corresponding to user clarification of the meaning of the first term: 459 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a second set of search results responsive to the search query and different from the first set of search results without modifying display of the search field that displays the representation of the search query, wherein the second set of search results is different from the first set of search results based on the first set of user inputs corresponding to user clarification of the meaning of the first term.

104. The method of any of claims 92-103 and 263-264, wherein the determination that the first term meets ambiguity criteria includes a determination that the first term is included in a list of ambiguous terms.

105. The method of any of claims 92-104 and 263-264, wherein the determination that the first term meets ambiguity criteria is performed based on one or more machine learning models.

106. The method of any of claims 92-105 and 264, further comprising: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first set of search results responsive to the search query; while displaying the first set of search results responsive to the search query, receiving, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs corresponding to a user request to modify the search query to a modified search query, wherein the modified search query includes one or more additional terms that are not in the search query; and in response to receiving the one or more user inputs corresponding to the user request to modify the search query to the modified search query: replacing display of the first set of search results responsive to the search query with a second set of search results responsive to the modified search query and different from the first set of search results.

107. The method of any of claims 92-106 and 264, further comprising: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first user interface that corresponds to a first subset of content from a set of content; while displaying the first user interface that corresponds to the first subset of content, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a search input that corresponds to a second search query; and 460 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 in response to receiving the search input that corresponds to the second search query, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a respective set of search results from the first subset of content that is responsive to the second search query, wherein the respective set of search results excludes one or more potential search results from the set of content that are responsive to the second search query but are not in the first subset of content.

108. The method of claim 107, further comprising: displaying, concurrently with the respective set of search results, a first option that, when selected, causes the computer system to perform a search based on the second search query in the set of content; while displaying the first option, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a selection input corresponding to selection of the first option; and in response to receiving the selection input corresponding to selection of the first option: updating display of the respective set of search results to include the one or more potential search results from the set of content that are responsive to the second search query but are not in the first subset of content.

109. The method of any of claims 107-108, further comprising: while displaying the respective set of search results, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a search entry field that includes: a representation of the second search query; and a representation of one or more additional terms that correspond to the first subset of content and are not included in the second search query.

110. The method of claim 109, further comprising: while displaying the respective set of search results and the search entry field that includes the representation of the second search query and the representation of the one or more additional terms that correspond to the first subset of content, receiving, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs corresponding to a user request to remove the one or more additional terms that correspond to the first subset of content; and in response to receiving the one or more user inputs corresponding to the user request to remove the one or more additional terms that correspond to the first subset of content: 461 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 updating display of the respective set of search results to include the one or more potential search results from the set of content that are responsive to the second search query but are not in the first subset of content.

111. The method of any of claims 92-110 and 263-264, further comprising: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a search query user input that corresponds to a second search query; in response to receiving the search query user input that corresponds to the second search query: in accordance with a determination that disambiguation information corresponding to the second search query was previously received, displaying, via the one or more input devices, a first set of search results based on the second search query and the disambiguation information; and in accordance with a determination that disambiguation information corresponding to the second search query was not previously received, displaying, via the one or more input devices, a second set of search results based on the second search query that is different from the first set of search results.

112. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 92-111.

113. A computer system that is configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 92-111.

114. A computer system that is configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, comprising: means for performing the method of any of claims 92-111. 462 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 115. A computer program product, comprising one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 92-111.

116. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a first user input that corresponds to a first term in a search query that includes multiple terms; and in response to receiving the first user input that corresponds to the first term: in accordance with a determination that the first term meets ambiguity criteria, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first prompt prompting a user to provide one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the first term without changing other terms in the search query.

117. A computer system configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, comprising: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a first user input that corresponds to a first term in a search query that includes multiple terms; and in response to receiving the first user input that corresponds to the first term: in accordance with a determination that the first term meets ambiguity criteria, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first prompt prompting a user to provide one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the first term without changing other terms in the search query.

118. A computer system configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, comprising: 463 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 means for receiving, via the one or more input devices, a first user input that corresponds to a first term in a search query that includes multiple terms; and means for, in response to receiving the first user input that corresponds to the first term: in accordance with a determination that the first term meets ambiguity criteria, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first prompt prompting a user to provide one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the first term without changing other terms in the search query.

119. A computer program product, comprising one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a first user input that corresponds to a first term in a search query that includes multiple terms; and in response to receiving the first user input that corresponds to the first term: in accordance with a determination that the first term meets ambiguity criteria, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first prompt prompting a user to provide one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the first term without changing other terms in the search query.

120. A method, comprising: at a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices: concurrently displaying, via the one or more display generation components: a representation of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item and the representation of the media library includes representations of multiple different media items from the media library; and a memory generation option; while concurrently displaying the representation of the media library and the memory generation option, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a selection input corresponding to selection of the memory generation option; and 464 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 in response to receiving the selection input corresponding to selection of the memory generation option: initiating a process for generating a memory collection that includes a plurality of media items that are automatically selected from the media library based on a respective set of terms wherein the plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the memory collection.

121. The method of claim 120, further comprising: displaying, via the one or more display generation components and concurrently with the memory generation option, representations of one or more featured media items that have been automatically selected from the media library.

122. The method of claim 121, wherein the representations of one or more featured media items that have been automatically selected from the library include representations of one or more memory collections that have been generated using media items from the media library.

123. The method of any of claims 120-122, further comprising: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, playback of a first memory collection that includes a first plurality of media items from the media library; completing playback of the first memory collection; and after playback of the first memory collection has completed, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the memory generation option.

124. The method of any of claims 120-123, wherein: the representation of the media library and the memory generation option are part of a first user interface; and the method further comprises: at a first time subsequent to concurrently displaying the representation of the media library and the memory generation option, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a user request to display the first user interface; and in response to receiving the user request to display the first user interface, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the first user interface, including: 465 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 in accordance with a determination that a memory collection generation service is in a first state, displaying, within the first user interface, the memory generation option; and in accordance with a determination that the memory collection generation service is in a second state different from the first state, forgoing displaying the memory generation option within the first user interface.

125. The method of claim 124, wherein the first state and the second state are based on a server load of requests to generate memory collections at the memory collection generation service.

126. The method of any of claims 124-125, further comprising: while the memory collection generation service is in the first state, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a first user input corresponding to a request to display a second user interface; in response to receiving the first user input, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the second user interface with a second memory generation option different from the memory generation option while the memory collection generation service is in the first state, wherein the second memory generation option, when selected, causes the computer system to initiate a process for generating a memory collection that includes a plurality of media items that are automatically selected from the media library based on a respective set of terms wherein the plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the memory collection; while the memory collection generation service is in the second state, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a second user input corresponding to a request to display the second user interface; and in response to receiving the second user input, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the second user interface with the second memory generation option while the memory collection generation service is in the second state.

127. The method of claim 126, wherein: the first user input and the second user input correspond to user requests to display a memory collection user interface, wherein the memory collection user interface includes representations of a plurality of memory collections that have been generated using media 466 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 items from the media library, including a representation of a first memory collection that has been generated using a first set of media items from the media library and a representation of a second memory collection that is different from the first memory collection and that has been generated using a second set of media items from the media library that is different from the first set of media items; and the second memory generation option is displayed within the memory collection user interface.

128. The method of any of claims 124-127, further comprising: while the memory collection generation service is in the second state, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a user request to navigate representations of one or more featured memory collections; and in response to receiving the user request to navigate the representations of one or more featured memory collections, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a third memory generation option different from the memory generation option while the memory collection generation service is in the second state, wherein the third memory generation option, when selected, causes the computer system to initiate a process for generating a memory collection that includes a plurality of media items that are automatically selected from the media library based on a respective set of terms wherein the plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the memory collection.

129. The method of any of claims 120-128, further comprising: while the memory generation option is not displayed, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a navigation input; and in response to receiving the navigation input: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the memory generation option; and displaying, via the one or more display generation components, scrolling of the memory generation option, including: at a first respective time during scrolling of the memory generation option and while a first portion of the memory generation option is displayed, where the first portion is less than all of the memory generation option, displaying the memory generation 467 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 option with playback of animated content, wherein the playback of the animated content is displayed with a first set of visual characteristics; and at a second respective time subsequent to the first respective time, and while a second portion of the memory generation option is displayed, wherein the second portion includes the first portion and is larger than the first portion, displaying the memory generation option with continued playback of the animated content, wherein the continued playback of the animated content is displayed with a second set of visual characteristics different from the first set of visual characteristics.

130. The method of claim 129, wherein displaying the memory generation option with continued playback of the animated content further comprises: while the second portion of the memory generation option is displayed, displaying, within the memory generation option and overlaid on the continued playback of the animated content, a first set of information, wherein the first set of information is not displayed while the first portion of the memory generation option is displayed without displaying the second portion of the memory generation option.

131. The method of any of claims 120-130, wherein the memory generation option includes: a first selection target; and a second selection target different from the first selection target; and while displaying the memory generation option with the first set of information, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a selection input; and in response to receiving the selection input: in accordance with a determination that the selection input corresponds to selection of the first selection target, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a memory generation user interface in a first state; and in accordance with a determination that the selection input corresponds to selection of the second selection target, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the memory generation user interface in a second state different from the first state.

132. The method of claim 131, wherein: the first selection target corresponds to a first set of terms. 468 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 133. The method of claim 132, wherein: the second selection target corresponds to a second set of terms different from the first set of terms; the memory generation user interface includes a text entry field; and the method further comprises: in response to receiving the selection input: in accordance with a determination that the selection input corresponds to selection of the first selection target, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the first set of text within the text entry field without displaying the second set of text within the text entry field; and in accordance with a determination that the selection input corresponds to selection of the second selection target, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the second set of text within the text entry field without displaying the first set of text within the text entry field.

134. The method of claim 133, further comprising: in response to receiving the selection input: in accordance with a determination that the selection input corresponds to selection of the first selection target, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first animation in which the first set of text is moved into the text entry field; and in accordance with a determination that the selection input corresponds to selection of the second selection target, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a second animation in which the second set of text is moved into the text entry field.

135. The method of claim 132, wherein the second selection target corresponds to no terms.

136. The method of claim 135, wherein: the memory generation user interface includes a text entry field; and the method further comprises: in response to receiving the selection input: 469 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 in accordance with a determination that the selection input corresponds to selection of the first selection target, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first animation in which the first set of text is moved into the text entry field; and in accordance with a determination that the selection input corresponds to selection of the second selection target, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the text entry field without displaying an animation of text moving into the text entry field.

137. The method of any of claims 132-136, wherein the first set of terms is determined based on content in the media library.

138. The method of claim 137, wherein the first set of terms is determined based on content in the media library that is determined to be contextually relevant at the time the memory generation option is displayed.

139. The method of any of claims 131-138, further comprising: at a first time, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the memory generation option with the first selection target having a first respective set of terms based on a context of the computer system at the first time; and at a second time, subsequent to the first time, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the memory generation option with the first selection target having a second respective set of terms different from the first respective set of terms based on a context of the computer system at the second time.

140. The method of any of claims 131-139, wherein: the memory generation user interface includes a text field; and the method further comprises: while displaying the memory generation user interface, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a text entry user input; and in response to receiving the text entry user input, displaying text within the text field that was not displayed prior to receiving the text entry user input. 470 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 141. The method of any of claims 131-140, wherein: the memory generation user interface comprises a first suggestion selection target that corresponds to a first set of suggested terms; and the method further comprises: while displaying the memory generation user interface, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a selection input corresponding to selection of the first suggestion selection target; and in response to receiving the selection input corresponding to selection of the first suggestion selection target, causing a first memory collection to be generated based on the first set of suggested terms, wherein the first memory collection comprises a first plurality of media items that are automatically selected from the media library based on the first set of suggested terms, and wherein the first plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the first memory collection.

142. The method of any of claims 120-141, further comprising: in response to receiving the selection input, causing the memory collection to be generated, wherein the memory collection includes a plurality of media items that are automatically selected from the media library based on the respective set of terms, and wherein the plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the memory collection.

143. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 120-142.

144. A computer system that is configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 120-142. 471 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 145. A computer system that is configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, comprising: means for performing the method of any of claims 120-142.

146. A computer program product, comprising one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 120-142.

147. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: concurrently displaying, via the one or more display generation components: a representation of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item and the representation of the media library includes representations of multiple different media items from the media library; and a memory generation option; while concurrently displaying the representation of the media library and the memory generation option, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a selection input corresponding to selection of the memory generation option; and in response to receiving the selection input corresponding to selection of the memory generation option: initiating a process for generating a memory collection that includes a plurality of media items that are automatically selected from the media library based on a respective set of terms wherein the plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the memory collection.

148. A computer system configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, comprising: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: 472 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 concurrently displaying, via the one or more display generation components: a representation of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item and the representation of the media library includes representations of multiple different media items from the media library; and a memory generation option; while concurrently displaying the representation of the media library and the memory generation option, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a selection input corresponding to selection of the memory generation option; and in response to receiving the selection input corresponding to selection of the memory generation option: initiating a process for generating a memory collection that includes a plurality of media items that are automatically selected from the media library based on a respective set of terms wherein the plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the memory collection.

149. A computer system configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, comprising: means for concurrently displaying, via the one or more display generation components: a representation of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item and the representation of the media library includes representations of multiple different media items from the media library; and a memory generation option; means for, while concurrently displaying the representation of the media library and the memory generation option, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a selection input corresponding to selection of the memory generation option; and means for, in response to receiving the selection input corresponding to selection of the memory generation option: initiating a process for generating a memory collection that includes a plurality of media items that are automatically selected from the media library based on a respective set of terms wherein the plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the memory collection. 473 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 150. A computer program product, comprising one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: concurrently displaying, via the one or more display generation components: a representation of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item and the representation of the media library includes representations of multiple different media items from the media library; and a memory generation option; while concurrently displaying the representation of the media library and the memory generation option, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a selection input corresponding to selection of the memory generation option; and in response to receiving the selection input corresponding to selection of the memory generation option: initiating a process for generating a memory collection that includes a plurality of media items that are automatically selected from the media library based on a respective set of terms wherein the plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the memory collection.

151. A method, comprising: at a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices: detecting, via the one or more input devices, a user request to generate a memory collection, wherein the request to generate the memory collection includes one or more terms entered by a user; and in response to detecting the user request to generate a memory collection: in accordance with a determination that the one or more terms includes a first set of one or more terms, generating a first memory collection that includes a first plurality of media items that are automatically selected from a media library associated with the user based on the first set of one or more terms entered by the user, wherein the first plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the first memory collection; and 474 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 in accordance with a determination that the one or more terms includes a second set of one or more terms that are different from the first set of one or more terms, generating a second memory collection that includes a second plurality of media items that are automatically selected from the media library associated with the user based on the second set of one or more terms entered by the user, wherein the second plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the second memory collection and the second plurality of media items is different from the first plurality of media items.

152. The method of claim 151, wherein the one or more terms includes a plurality of terms entered by the user.

153. The method of any of claims 151-152, wherein the first memory collection and / or the second memory collection are generated using an artificial intelligence process.

154. The method of any of claims 151-153, wherein the one or more terms identify a first person represented in the media library.

155. The method of claim 154, wherein the one or more terms identify the first person by name.

156. The method of claim 154, wherein the one or more terms identify the first person using one or more relationship descriptor terms that describe a relationship of the first person relative to a second person different from the first person 157. The method of any of claims 151-156, wherein the one or more terms identify a first location represented in the media library.

158. The method of any of claims 151-157, wherein the one or more terms identify a first time represented in the media library.

159. The method of any of claims 151-158, wherein the one or more terms include one or more multi-word phrases corresponding to concepts represented by media items in the media library. 475 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 160. The method of any of claims 151-159, wherein the one or more terms include one or more references to music available in a music application.

161. The method of any of claims 151-160, further comprising: in response to detecting the user request to generate a memory collection: in accordance with a determination that the one or more terms includes a third set of terms entered by a user and that one or more terms of the third set of terms meets ambiguity criteria, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first prompt prompting a user to provide one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the one or more terms.

162. The method of claim 161, wherein displaying the first prompt prompting the user to provide one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the one or more terms comprises displaying two or more disambiguation options, including: a first disambiguation option that corresponds to a first category; and a second disambiguation option that is different from the first disambiguation option and that corresponds to a second category different from the first category.

163. The method of any of claims 161-162, further comprising: detecting one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of one or more terms; and in response to detecting the one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the one or more terms: in accordance with a determination that a second collection of one or more words of the third set of terms different from the one or more terms of the third set of terms meets the ambiguity criteria, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a second prompt prompting the user to provide one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the second collection of one or more terms.

164. The method of any of claims 151-163, further comprising: in response to detecting the user request to generate a memory collection: in accordance with a determination that the one or more terms includes a fourth set of terms entered by a user and that one or more terms of the fourth set of terms are not identified in the media library, displaying, via the one or more display generation 476 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 components, a fourth prompt prompting a user to provide one or more user inputs to change the one or more terms of the fourth set of terms and / or to clarify the meaning of the one or more terms of the fourth set of terms.

165. The method of any of claims 151-164, further comprising: in response to detecting the user request to generate a memory collection: in accordance with a determination that the one or more terms includes a fifth set of terms entered by a user and that one or more terms of the fifth set of terms include one or more unsupported concepts, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a fifth prompt indicating that one or more terms of the fifth set of terms have been determined to include one or more unsupported concepts.

166. The method of any of claims 151-165, further comprising: in response to detecting the user request to generate a memory collection: in accordance with a determination that a remote memory generation service is unavailable to generate the memory collection, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a prompt indicating that the remote memory generation service is unavailable to generate the memory collection.

167. The method of any of claims 151-166, further comprising: subsequent to generating the first memory collection, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, playback of the first memory collection.

168. The method of any of claims 151-167, further comprising: subsequent to generating the first memory collection, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a regenerate option that, when selected, causes the computer system to generate a new memory collection that includes a new plurality of media items that is different from the first plurality of media items and that is automatically selected from the media library based on the first set of one or more terms entered by the user; and while displaying the regenerate option, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a selection input corresponding to selection of the regenerate option; and in response to receiving the selection input corresponding to selection of the regenerate option: 477 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 generating a first new memory collection that includes a first new plurality of media items that is different from the first plurality of media items and that is automatically selected from the media library based on the first set of one or more terms entered by the user, wherein the first new plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the first new memory collection.

169. The method of claim 168, further comprising: subsequent to generating the first memory collection, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, playback of the first memory collection, wherein: displaying the regenerate option subsequent to generating the first memory collection comprises displaying the regenerate option subsequent to completing playback of the first memory collection.

170. The method of claim 168, further comprising: subsequent to generating the first memory collection, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, playback of the first memory collection; while displaying playback of the first memory collection, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a user request to terminate playback of the first memory collection, wherein: displaying the regenerate option subsequent to generating the first memory collection comprises displaying the regenerate option in response to receiving the user request to terminate playback of the first memory collection.

171. The method of any of claims 151-170, further comprising: while generating the first memory collection that includes the first plurality of media items that are automatically selected from the media library associated with the user based on the first set of one or more terms entered by the user, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first animation that indicates progress toward generating the first memory collection.

172. The method of claim 171, wherein displaying the first animation includes displaying indications of one or more media items in the media library that are determined to be relevant to the first set of one or more terms entered by the user. 478 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 173. The method of any of claims 171-172, wherein displaying the first animation includes displaying indications of one or more identified concepts that are determined to be relevant to the first set of one or more terms entered by the user.

174. The method of claim 173, wherein displaying the indications of one or more identified concepts that are determined to be relevant to the first set of one or more terms entered by the user includes displaying a first plurality of terms that are not included in the first set of one or more terms entered by the user.

175. The method of any of claims 171-174, wherein displaying the first animation comprises: displaying, at a first time, a first set of visual elements fading in to view; displaying, at a second time, the first set of visual elements fading out of view; displaying, at a third time subsequent to the second time, a second set of visual elements different from the first set of visual elements fading in to view; and displaying, at a fourth time subsequent to the third time, the second set of visual elements fading out of view.

176. The method of any of claims 171-175, wherein displaying the first animation comprises: displaying a first media item of the media library expanding in size; and subsequent to displaying the first media item of the media library expanding in size, displaying the first media item as a cover media item for the first memory collection.

177. The method of any of claims 171-176, wherein displaying the first animation comprises: displaying, at a first time, a first set of visual elements; and displaying, at a second time subsequent to the first time, a second set of visual elements different from the first set of visual elements, wherein the second set of visual elements is displayed later than the first set of visual elements based on a determination that the second set of visual elements is more relevant to the first set of one or more terms entered by the user than the first set of visual elements. 479 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 178. The method of any of claims 171-177, wherein displaying the first animation comprises: displaying representations of a first set of media items of the media library in an arrangement with a first degree of overlap between representations of media items; and in accordance with a determination that generation of the first memory collection is completed, displaying the representations of the first set of media items of the media library changing in size and / or position so that they have a degree of overlap between representations of media items that is greater than the first degree of overlap.

179. The method of any of claims 171-178, further comprising: while displaying the first animation, displaying, within the first animation, a first set of visual elements; while displaying the first set of visual elements within the first animation, detecting that user clarification is needed to generate the first memory collection based on the first set of one or more terms entered by the user; and in response to detecting that user clarification is needed to generate the first memory collection based on the first set of one or more terms entered by the user, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, visual modification of the first set of visual elements.

180. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 151-179.

181. A computer system that is configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 151-179. 480 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 182. A computer system that is configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, comprising: means for performing the method of any of claims 151-179.

183. A computer program product, comprising one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 151-179.

184. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: detecting, via the one or more input devices, a user request to generate a memory collection, wherein the request to generate the memory collection includes one or more terms entered by a user; and in response to detecting the user request to generate a memory collection: in accordance with a determination that the one or more terms includes a first set of one or more terms, generating a first memory collection that includes a first plurality of media items that are automatically selected from a media library associated with the user based on the first set of one or more terms entered by the user, wherein the first plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the first memory collection; and in accordance with a determination that the one or more terms includes a second set of one or more terms that are different from the first set of one or more terms, generating a second memory collection that includes a second plurality of media items that are automatically selected from the media library associated with the user based on the second set of one or more terms entered by the user, wherein the second plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the second memory collection and the second plurality of media items is different from the first plurality of media items.

185. A computer system configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, comprising: 481 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: detecting, via the one or more input devices, a user request to generate a memory collection, wherein the request to generate the memory collection includes one or more terms entered by a user; and in response to detecting the user request to generate a memory collection: in accordance with a determination that the one or more terms includes a first set of one or more terms, generating a first memory collection that includes a first plurality of media items that are automatically selected from a media library associated with the user based on the first set of one or more terms entered by the user, wherein the first plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the first memory collection; and in accordance with a determination that the one or more terms includes a second set of one or more terms that are different from the first set of one or more terms, generating a second memory collection that includes a second plurality of media items that are automatically selected from the media library associated with the user based on the second set of one or more terms entered by the user, wherein the second plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the second memory collection and the second plurality of media items is different from the first plurality of media items.

186. A computer system configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, comprising: means for detecting, via the one or more input devices, a user request to generate a memory collection, wherein the request to generate the memory collection includes one or more terms entered by a user; and means for, in response to detecting the user request to generate a memory collection: in accordance with a determination that the one or more terms includes a first set of one or more terms, generating a first memory collection that includes a first plurality of media items that are automatically selected from a media library associated with the user based on the first set of one or more terms entered by the user, wherein the first plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the first memory collection; and 482 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 in accordance with a determination that the one or more terms includes a second set of one or more terms that are different from the first set of one or more terms, generating a second memory collection that includes a second plurality of media items that are automatically selected from the media library associated with the user based on the second set of one or more terms entered by the user, wherein the second plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the second memory collection and the second plurality of media items is different from the first plurality of media items.

187. A computer program product, comprising one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: detecting, via the one or more input devices, a user request to generate a memory collection, wherein the request to generate the memory collection includes one or more terms entered by a user; and in response to detecting the user request to generate a memory collection: in accordance with a determination that the one or more terms includes a first set of one or more terms, generating a first memory collection that includes a first plurality of media items that are automatically selected from a media library associated with the user based on the first set of one or more terms entered by the user, wherein the first plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the first memory collection; and in accordance with a determination that the one or more terms includes a second set of one or more terms that are different from the first set of one or more terms, generating a second memory collection that includes a second plurality of media items that are automatically selected from the media library associated with the user based on the second set of one or more terms entered by the user, wherein the second plurality of media items includes one or more media items that were not selected by the user to be included in the second memory collection and the second plurality of media items is different from the first plurality of media items. 483 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 188. A method, comprising: at a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a representation of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item; while displaying the representation of the media library, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a request to display the first media item; and in response to detecting the request to display the first media item: in accordance with a determination that first criteria are satisfied, wherein the first criteria include a requirement that the first media item is a non-spatial media item in order for the first criteria to be met, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the first media item with a spatial conversion option that, when selected, causes the computer system to initiate a process for converting the first media item from a non- spatial media item to a spatial media item that includes stereoscopic depth.

189. The method of claim 188, wherein displaying the representation of the media library comprises concurrently displaying a plurality of representations of media items in the representation of the media library, including a representation of a non-spatial media item, wherein the representation of the non-spatial media item is displayed without displaying the spatial conversion option.

190. The method of any of claims 188-189, further comprising: in response to detecting the request to display the first media: in accordance with a determination that second criteria different from the first criteria are satisfied, wherein the second criteria include a requirement that the first media item is a spatial media item that includes stereoscopic depth information in order for the second criteria to be met, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the first media item with a first set of visual characteristics and with a spatial viewing option that, when selected, causes the computer system to display the first media item in a spatial viewing mode in which the first media item is displayed with a second set of visual characteristics different from the first set of visual characteristics. 484 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 191. The method of claim 190, wherein: displaying the first media item with the spatial conversion option comprises displaying the spatial conversion option at a first display position; and displaying the first media item with the spatial viewing option comprises displaying the spatial viewing option at the first display position.

192. The method of any of claims 188-191, further comprising: while displaying the first media item with the spatial conversion option, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a selection input corresponding to selection of the spatial conversion option; and in response to receiving the selection input corresponding to selection of the spatial conversion option, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, replacement of the spatial conversion option with a spatial viewing option that, when selected, causes the computer system to transition from displaying the first media item with a first set of visual characteristics to displaying the first media item in a spatial viewing mode in which the first media item is displayed with a second set of visual characteristics different from the first set of visual characteristics.

193. The method of any of claims 188-192, further comprising: while displaying the first media item with the spatial conversion option, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a selection input corresponding to selection of the spatial conversion option; and in response to receiving the selection input corresponding to selection of the spatial conversion option, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the first media item with a three-dimensional effect in which one or more visual elements of the first media item are displayed at a first simulated depth and other visual elements of the first media item are displayed at a second simulated depth different from the first simulated depth.

194. The method of any of claims 188-193, further comprising: while displaying the first media item with the spatial conversion option, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a selection input corresponding to selection of the spatial conversion option; and in response to receiving the selection input corresponding to selection of the spatial conversion option, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first 485 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 animation while converting the first media item from a non-spatial media item to a spatial media item that includes simulated depth.

195. The method of claim 194, wherein displaying the first animation includes displaying an indication of a determined three-dimensional shape of one or more visual elements of the first media item.

196. The method of any of claims 194-195, wherein displaying the first animation includes displaying animation of the spatial conversion option.

197. The method of any of claims 194-196, wherein displaying the first animation includes blurring at least a first portion of the first media item.

198. The method of any of claims 194-197, wherein displaying the first animation includes moving the boundary of a distortion layer across the first media item.

199. The method of any of claims 194-198, wherein displaying the first animation includes displaying movement of a color gradient across different simulated depths of the first media item.

200. The method of any of claims 194-199, wherein displaying the first animation includes displaying highlighting of different depths of the first media item at different times.

201. The method of any of claims 188-200, further comprising: in response to detecting the request to display the first media item: in accordance with a determination that the first media item is a non-spatial media item that cannot be converted to a spatial media item, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the first media item without displaying the spatial conversion option.

202. The method of any of claims 188-201, wherein the spatial conversion option is displayed with a brightness that is above a threshold brightness. 486 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 203. The method of any of claims 188-202, wherein converting the first media item from a non-spatial media item to a spatial media item that includes stereoscopic depth includes using one or more machine learning models to estimate the depths of objects depicted in the first media item.

204. The method of any of claims 188-203, wherein converting the first media item from a non-spatial media item to a spatial media item that includes stereoscopic depth includes using one or more generative models to create infill to synthetically generate at least one of a left view of the first media item and a right view of the first media item that is different from the left view of the first media item.

205. The method of any of claims 188-204, wherein: displaying the first media item with the spatial conversion option comprises displaying the first media item with a first set of visual characteristics indicative of the first media item being a non-spatial media item; and the method further comprises: while displaying the first media item with the first set of visual characteristics and with the spatial conversion option, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a selection input corresponding to selection of the spatial conversion option; and in response to receiving the selection input corresponding to selection of the spatial conversion option: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the first media item with a second set of visual characteristics indicative of the first media item being a spatial media item; and displaying, concurrently with the first media item with the second set of visual characteristics, a selectable object that, when selected, causes the computer system to transition from displaying the first media item with the second set of visual characteristics to displaying the first media item with the first set of visual characteristics.

206. The method of claim 205, further comprising: in response to receiving the selection input corresponding to selection of the spatial conversion option, displaying, concurrently with the first media item with the second set of visual characteristics and the selectable object, a spatial viewing option that, when selected, causes the computer system to display the first media item in a spatial viewing mode in which 487 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 the first media item is displayed with a third set of visual characteristics different from the first set of visual characteristics and the second set of visual characteristics; while concurrently displaying the first media item with the second set of visual characteristics, the selectable object, and the spatial viewing option, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a selection input corresponding to selection of the selectable object; and in response to receiving the selection input corresponding to selection of the selectable object, ceasing display of the spatial viewing option.

207. The method of any of claims 205-206, wherein: in response to receiving the selection input corresponding to selection of the spatial conversion option, the first media item is converted from a non-spatial media item to a spatial media item that includes stereoscopic depth; converting the first media item from a non-spatial media item to a spatial media item includes generating calculated spatial information corresponding to the first media item; and the method further comprises: in response to receiving the selection input corresponding to selection of the selectable object, transitioning a spatial treatment setting of the first media item from an enabled state to a disabled state; and subsequent to transitioning the spatial treatment setting of the first media item from the enabled state to the disabled state: in accordance with a determination that the spatial treatment setting of the first media item has been in the disabled state for greater than a threshold duration of time, discarding the calculated spatial information corresponding to the first media item.

208. The method of claim 207, further comprising: in response to receiving the selection input corresponding to selection of the selectable object, concurrently displaying, via the one or more display generation components: the first media item with the first set of visual characteristics; and the selectable object; and subsequent to discarding the calculated spatial information corresponding to the first media item, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the first media item with the first set of visual characteristics without displaying the selectable object. 488 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 209. The method of any of claims 188-208, wherein: in response to receiving the selection input corresponding to selection of the spatial conversion option, the first media item is converted from a non-spatial media item to a spatial media item that includes stereoscopic depth; converting the first media item from a non-spatial media item to a spatial media item includes generating calculated spatial information corresponding to the first media item; and the method further comprises: subsequent to converting the first media item from the spatial media item to the spatial media, including generating the calculated spatial information corresponding to the first media item, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a user request to discard the calculated spatial information corresponding to the first media item; and in response to receiving the user request to discard the calculated spatial information corresponding to the first media item, discarding the calculated spatial information corresponding to the first media item.

210. The method of claim 209, further comprising: subsequent to converting the first media item from the spatial media item to the spatial media, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the first media item with the first set of visual characteristics without displaying the spatial conversion option; and in response to receiving the user request to discard the calculated spatial information corresponding to the first media item: displaying the spatial conversion option concurrently with the first media item.

211. The method of any of claims 209-210, further comprising: subsequent to converting the first media item from the spatial media item to the spatial media, concurrently displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the first media item with the first set of visual characteristics and a selectable object associated with changing a spatial viewing state of the media item which, when selected, causes the computer system to transition from displaying the first media item with the first set of visual characteristics to displaying the first media item with a second set of visual characteristics different from the first set of visual characteristics; and in response to receiving the user request to discard the calculated spatial information corresponding to the first media item: 489 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 ceasing display of the selectable object; and displaying the first media item with the first set of visual characteristics without displaying the selectable object.

212. The method of any of claims 188-211, further comprising: while displaying the first media item with the spatial conversion option, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a selection input corresponding to selection of the spatial conversion option; and in response to receiving the selection input corresponding to selection of the spatial conversion option, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the first media item with stereoscopic depth; while displaying the first media item with stereoscopic depth, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a first user input; and in response to receiving the first user input, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a media library user interface that includes representations of two or more media items in the media library, including a representation of the first media item, wherein the representation of the first media item is displayed without stereoscopic depth.

213. The method of any of claims 188-212, further comprising: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first media item without stereoscopic depth, wherein: the first media item comprises a plurality of frames; the first media item is represented by a static representation and an animated representation different from the static representation when a viewing setting of the first media item is in an enabled state; and the first media item is represented by the static representation and not the animated representation when the viewing setting of the first media item is in a disabled state; while displaying the first media item without stereoscopic depth, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a user request to display the first media item with stereoscopic depth; and in response to receiving the user request to display the first media item with stereoscopic depth: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the first media item with stereoscopic depth; and 490 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 transitioning the viewing setting of the first media item from the enabled state to the disabled state.

214. The method of claim 213, further comprising: while displaying the first media item with stereoscopic depth, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a user request to transition the viewing setting of the first media item from the disabled state to the enabled state; and in response to receiving the user request to transition the viewing setting of the first media item from the disabled state to the enabled state: transitioning the viewing setting of the first media item from the disabled state to the enabled state; and displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the first media item without stereoscopic depth.

215. The method of any of claims 188-212, further comprising: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first media item without stereoscopic depth, wherein: the first media item comprises a plurality of frames; the first media item is represented by a static representation and an animated representation different from the static representation when a viewing setting of the first media item is in an enabled state; and the first media item is represented by the static representation and not the animated representation when the viewing setting of the first media item is in a disabled state; while displaying the first media item without stereoscopic depth, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a user request to display the first media item with stereoscopic depth; and in response to receiving the user request to display the first media item with stereoscopic depth: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the first media item with stereoscopic depth; and maintaining the viewing setting of the first media item in the enabled state. 491 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 216. The method of any of claims 188-215, further comprising: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a media library user interface that includes representations of two or more media items of the plurality of media items in the media library, including: visually emphasizing representations of two or more media items that have been converted from being non-spatial media items to being spatial media items.

217. The method of claim 216, wherein the representations of two or more media items that have been converted from being non-spatial media items to being spatial media items includes a representation of a first converted media item that has been converted from being a non-spatial media item to being a spatial media item, wherein the first converted media item was converted from being a non-spatial media item to being a spatial media item automatically without user input.

218. The method of any of claims 188-217, further comprising: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a media library user interface that includes representations of two or more media items of the plurality of media items in the media library, including: in accordance with a determination that the computer system is configured to display spatial media with stereoscopic depth, visually emphasizing representations of two or more media items that have been converted from being non-spatial media items to being spatial media items; and in accordance with a determination that the computer system is not configured to display spatial media with stereoscopic depth, displaying the media library user interface without visually emphasizing representations of media items that have been converted from being non-spatial media items to being spatial media items.

219. The method of any of claims 188-218, further comprising: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a media library user interface that includes representations of two or more media items of the plurality of media items in the media library, wherein the media library user interface includes a converted media option that, when selected, causes the computer system to display representations of media items that have been converted from being non-spatial media items to being spatial media items without displaying representations of non-spatial media items. 492 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 220. The method of any of claims 188-219, further comprising: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a user request to display a first respective media item; and in response to receiving the user request to display the first respective media item: in accordance with a determination that the first respective media item is a non-spatial media item, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the first respective media item with a first set of visual characteristics indicative of the first respective media item being a non-spatial media item; in accordance with a determination that the first respective media item is a native spatial media item that has stereoscopic depth and was captured with stereoscopic depth, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the first respective media item with a second set of visual characteristics indicative of the first respective media item being a spatial media item with stereoscopic depth; and in accordance with a determination that the first respective media item is a converted spatial media item that was converted from being a non-spatial media item to being a spatial media item with stereoscopic depth, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the first respective media item with the second set of visual characteristics.

221. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 188-220.

222. A computer system that is configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 188-220. 493 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 223. A computer system that is configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, comprising: means for performing the method of any of claims 188-220.

224. A computer program product, comprising one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 188-220.

225. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a representation of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item; while displaying the representation of the media library, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a request to display the first media item; and in response to detecting the request to display the first media item: in accordance with a determination that first criteria are satisfied, wherein the first criteria include a requirement that the first media item is a non-spatial media item in order for the first criteria to be met, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the first media item with a spatial conversion option that, when selected, causes the computer system to initiate a process for converting the first media item from a non- spatial media item to a spatial media item that includes stereoscopic depth.

226. A computer system configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, comprising: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a representation of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media 494 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item; while displaying the representation of the media library, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a request to display the first media item; and in response to detecting the request to display the first media item: in accordance with a determination that first criteria are satisfied, wherein the first criteria include a requirement that the first media item is a non-spatial media item in order for the first criteria to be met, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the first media item with a spatial conversion option that, when selected, causes the computer system to initiate a process for converting the first media item from a non- spatial media item to a spatial media item that includes stereoscopic depth.

227. A computer system configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, comprising: means for displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a representation of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item; means for, while displaying the representation of the media library, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a request to display the first media item; and means for, in response to detecting the request to display the first media item: in accordance with a determination that first criteria are satisfied, wherein the first criteria include a requirement that the first media item is a non-spatial media item in order for the first criteria to be met, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the first media item with a spatial conversion option that, when selected, causes the computer system to initiate a process for converting the first media item from a non- spatial media item to a spatial media item that includes stereoscopic depth.

228. A computer program product, comprising one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: 495 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a representation of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item; while displaying the representation of the media library, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a request to display the first media item; and in response to detecting the request to display the first media item: in accordance with a determination that first criteria are satisfied, wherein the first criteria include a requirement that the first media item is a non-spatial media item in order for the first criteria to be met, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the first media item with a spatial conversion option that, when selected, causes the computer system to initiate a process for converting the first media item from a non- spatial media item to a spatial media item that includes stereoscopic depth.

229. A method, comprising: at a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices: detecting, via the one or more input devices, a sequence of one or more inputs corresponding to a request to display a portion of a media library that is associated with a user account; and in response to detecting, via the one or more input devices, the sequence of one or more inputs corresponding to the request to display the portion of the media library, concurrently displaying, via the one or more display generation components: a representation of a portion of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item; and a user profile indication corresponding to the user account, wherein displaying the user profile indication corresponding to the user account includes, in accordance with a determination that an ongoing process is occurring with respect to the media library, displaying the user profile indication with a first indicator that indicates a progress of the ongoing process and that updates as the ongoing process progresses.

230. The method of claim 229, wherein displaying the user profile indication corresponding to the user account further includes: 496 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 in accordance with a determination that an ongoing process is not occurring with respect to the media library, displaying the user profile indication without the first indicator.

231. The method of any of claims 229-230, wherein displaying the user profile indication with the first indicator includes: in accordance with a determination that the ongoing process has a first state, displaying the first indicator with a first appearance; and in accordance with a determination that the ongoing process has a second state different from the first state, displaying the first indicator with a second appearance different from the first appearance.

232. The method of claim 231, wherein: displaying the first indicator with the first appearance comprises displaying the first indicator with a first color that is indicative of a first state of progression of the ongoing process; and displaying the first indicator with the second appearance comprises displaying the first indicator with a second color that is different from the first color and is indicative of a second state of progression of the ongoing process different from the first state of progression.

233. The method of any of claims 231-232, wherein: displaying the first indicator with the first appearance comprises displaying the first indicator with a first shape; and displaying the first indicator with the first appearance comprises displaying the first indicator with a second shape different from the first shape.

234. The method of any of claims 229-233, wherein: the ongoing process is a cloud synchronization process; and the first indicator is indicative of progress of the cloud synchronization process and updates as the cloud synchronization process progresses.

235. The method of any of claims 229-234, wherein displaying the user profile indication corresponding to the user account further includes: 497 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 in accordance with a determination that a first alert is active with respect to the user account, displaying the user profile indication with an alert indicator that is indicative of an active alert.

236. The method of any of claims 229-235, further comprising: while displaying the user profile indication corresponding to the user account, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a selection input corresponding to selection of the user profile indication; and in response to receiving the selection input corresponding to selection of the user profile indication, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first set of information corresponding to the user account.

237. The method of claim 236, wherein the first set of information corresponding to the user account includes a summary of media items contained in the media library.

238. The method of any of claims 236-237, wherein the first set of information corresponding to the user account includes cloud synchronization status information that is indicative of a status of a cloud synchronization process with respect to the media library that is associated with the user account.

239. The method of any of claims 236-238, wherein the first set of information corresponding to the user account includes one or more sharing notifications that pertain to media items that have been shared with the user account by one or more other user accounts.

240. The method of claim 239, wherein: the one or more sharing notifications includes a plurality of shared album activity notifications, including: a first shared album activity notification that is indicative of a first set of one or more changes to a first shared album that has been shared with the user account; and a second shared album activity notification that is indicative of a second set of one or more changes to a second shared album that has been shared with the user account; and 498 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 the plurality of shared album activity notifications are displayed in a first stack in which the first shared album activity notification overlaps the second album active activity notification.

241. The method of claim 240, wherein: the one or more sharing notifications further includes a first shared collection invitation notification that is indicative of the user account having been invited by another user account to join a shared collection of media items; and the first shared collection invitation notification is displayed separately from the first stack of shared album activity notifications.

242. The method of any of claims 236-241, wherein the first set of information corresponding to the user account includes one or more cloud synchronization notifications pertaining to cloud synchronization of the media library to a cloud platform.

243. The method of any of claims 236-242, wherein the first set of information corresponding to the user account includes a first feature option that, when selected, causes a first feature of the media library to transition between an enabled state and a disabled state.

244. The method of any of claims 236-243, wherein the first set of information corresponding to the user account includes a first feature reset option that, when selected, causes a first feature of the media library to be reset.

245. The method of any of claims 236-244, wherein the first set of information corresponding to the user account includes a first feature setup option that, when selected, causes a first feature of the media library to be set up.

246. The method of any of claims 236-245, wherein the first set of information corresponding to the user account includes a first display option that, when selected, causes a first display feature that pertains to display of media libraries within a media library user interface to transition between an enabled state and a disabled state.

247. The method of any of claims 236-246, wherein the first set of information corresponding to the user account includes a first section of media items that includes 499 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 representations of one or more media items that have been shared with the user account by one or more other user accounts.

248. The method of any of claims 236-247, wherein the first set of information corresponding to the user account includes a first section of media items that includes representations of one or more media items that pertain to a first event.

249. The method of any of claims 229-248, further comprising: displaying, concurrently with the representation of the portion of the media library and the user profile indication, a first notification; while displaying the first notification, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a user request to cease display of the first notification; and in response to receiving the user request to cease display of the first notification, ceasing display of the first notification while maintaining display of the representation of the portion of the media library and the user profile indication; and subsequent to receiving the user request to cease display of the first notification, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a selection input corresponding to selection of the user profile indication; and in response to receiving the selection input corresponding to selection of the user profile indication, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a profile user interface corresponding to the user account, wherein the profile user interface includes a representation of the first notification.

250. The method of claim 249, wherein: the first notification is displayed underneath the representation of the portion of the media library; and the first notification is displayed above representations of two or more collections of media items in the media library, wherein the representations of the two or more collections of media items in the media library includes: a representation of a first collection of media items that includes a first plurality of media items from the media library; and a representation of a second collection of media items that includes a second plurality of media items from the media library different from the first plurality of media items. 500 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 251. The method of any of claims 229-250, wherein the user profile indication is overlaid on the representation of the portion of the media library.

252. The method of any of claims 229-251, further comprising: in response to detecting the sequence of one or more inputs corresponding to the request to display the portion of the media library, displaying, concurrently with the representations of the portion of the media library and the user profile indication, a search field, wherein the search field is positioned adjacent to the user profile indication.

253. The method of any of claims 229-252, wherein: the representation of the portion of the media library is part of a media library user interface; and the method further comprises: while concurrently displaying the representation of the portion of the media library and the user profile indication, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a navigation input corresponding to a user request to navigate the media library user interface; and in response to receiving the navigation input corresponding to the user request to navigate the media library user interface, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, navigation of the media library user interface including movement of the representation of the portion of the media library, while maintaining display of the user profile indication.

254. The method of any of claims 229-253, wherein: the representation of the portion of the media library is part of a media library user interface; and the method further comprises: while concurrently displaying the representation of the portion of the media library and the user profile indication, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a second navigation input corresponding to a user request to display a second user interface different from the media library user interface; and in response to receiving the second navigation input corresponding to a user request to display a second user interface different from the media library user interface: 501 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 ceasing display of the user profile indication; and displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the second user interface.

255. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 229-254.

256. A computer system that is configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 229-254.

257. A computer system that is configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, comprising: means for performing the method of any of claims 229-254.

258. A computer program product, comprising one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 229-254.

259. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: detecting, via the one or more input devices, a sequence of one or more inputs corresponding to a request to display a portion of a media library that is associated with a user account; and 502 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 in response to detecting, via the one or more input devices, the sequence of one or more inputs corresponding to the request to display the portion of the media library, concurrently displaying, via the one or more display generation components: a representation of a portion of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item; and a user profile indication corresponding to the user account, wherein displaying the user profile indication corresponding to the user account includes, in accordance with a determination that an ongoing process is occurring with respect to the media library, displaying the user profile indication with a first indicator that indicates a progress of the ongoing process and that updates as the ongoing process progresses.

260. A computer system configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, comprising: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: detecting, via the one or more input devices, a sequence of one or more inputs corresponding to a request to display a portion of a media library that is associated with a user account; and in response to detecting, via the one or more input devices, the sequence of one or more inputs corresponding to the request to display the portion of the media library, concurrently displaying, via the one or more display generation components: a representation of a portion of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item; and a user profile indication corresponding to the user account, wherein displaying the user profile indication corresponding to the user account includes, in accordance with a determination that an ongoing process is occurring with respect to the media library, displaying the user profile indication with a first indicator that indicates a progress of the ongoing process and that updates as the ongoing process progresses.

261. A computer system configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, comprising: 503 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 means for detecting, via the one or more input devices, a sequence of one or more inputs corresponding to a request to display a portion of a media library that is associated with a user account; and means for, in response to detecting, via the one or more input devices, the sequence of one or more inputs corresponding to the request to display the portion of the media library, concurrently displaying, via the one or more display generation components: a representation of a portion of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item; and a user profile indication corresponding to the user account, wherein displaying the user profile indication corresponding to the user account includes, in accordance with a determination that an ongoing process is occurring with respect to the media library, displaying the user profile indication with a first indicator that indicates a progress of the ongoing process and that updates as the ongoing process progresses.

262. A computer program product, comprising one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: detecting, via the one or more input devices, a sequence of one or more inputs corresponding to a request to display a portion of a media library that is associated with a user account; and in response to detecting, via the one or more input devices, the sequence of one or more inputs corresponding to the request to display the portion of the media library, concurrently displaying, via the one or more display generation components: a representation of a portion of a media library, wherein the media library includes a plurality of media items including a first media item and a second media item different from the first media item; and a user profile indication corresponding to the user account, wherein displaying the user profile indication corresponding to the user account includes, in accordance with a determination that an ongoing process is occurring with respect to the media library, displaying the user profile indication with a first indicator that indicates a progress of the ongoing process and that updates as the ongoing process progresses. 504 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 263. A method, comprising: at a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a first user input that corresponds to a first set of one or more terms; and in response to receiving the first user input that corresponds to the first set of one or more terms: in accordance with a determination that a first term of the first set of one or more terms meets ambiguity criteria, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first prompt prompting a user to provide one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the first term.

264. The method of claim 263, wherein the first set of one or more terms are part of a search query.

265. The method of any of claims 263-264, wherein the first user input that corresponds to the first set of one or more terms is a first user input that corresponds to a user request to generate a memory collection that includes a plurality of media items that are automatically selected from a media library based on the first set of one or more terms.

266. The method of claim 265, further comprising: in response to receiving the first user input that corresponds to the first set of one or more terms: in accordance with a determination that the first term of the first set of one or more terms meets ambiguity criteria, pausing generation of the memory collection while displaying the first prompt prompting the user to provide one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the first term.

267. The method of any of claims 263-266, further comprising: in response to receiving the first user input that corresponds to the first set of one or more terms: in accordance with a determination that the first term of the first set of one or more terms meets ambiguity criteria, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first indication that the first term meets the ambiguity criteria. 505 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 268. The method of claim 267, further comprising: in response to receiving the first user input that corresponds to the first set of one or more terms: in accordance with a determination that a second term of the first set of one or more terms that is different from the first term meets ambiguity criteria, displaying, via the one or more display generation components and concurrently with the first indication, a second indication that the second term meets the ambiguity criteria.

269. The method of claim 268, wherein: displaying the first indication that the first term meets the ambiguity criteria comprises displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first type of indication for the first term concurrently with a second type of indication for the first term; and displaying the second indication that the second term meets the ambiguity criteria comprises displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the first type of indication for the second term without displaying the second type of indication for the second term.

270. The method of any of claims 263-269, further comprising: while displaying the first prompt prompting the user to provide one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the first term, detecting, via the one or more user inputs, a first user input corresponding to the first prompt; and in response to detecting the first user input corresponding to the first prompt, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a clarification user interface that includes one or more options for clarifying the first term.

271. The method of claim 270, wherein displaying the clarification user interface comprises displaying, via the one or more display generation components, the clarification user interface concurrently with at least a portion of the first set of one or more terms.

272. The method of any of claims 270-271, wherein the first term is an indication of one or more people. 506 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 273. The method of any of claims 270-272, wherein the first term is an indication of one or more events.

274. The method of any of claims 270-273, wherein: the clarification user interface comprises a plurality of media item objects, including: a first media item object that corresponds to a first set of media items; and a second media item object that corresponds to a second set of media items different from the first set of media items.

275. The method of claim 274, wherein: the first media item object and the first set of media items is selected from a collection of media items for inclusion in the clarification user interface based on a determination that the first set of media items correspond to the first term; the second media item object and the second set of media items is selected from the collection of media items for inclusion in the clarification user interface based on a determination that the second set of media items correspond to the first term; and a third set of media items different from the first set of media items and the second set of media items is not represented in the clarification user interface based on a determination that the third set of media items do not correspond to the first term.

276. The method of any of claims 274-275, wherein displaying the clarification user interface further comprises: in accordance with a determination that media items in a collection of media items satisfy first context criteria relative to the first term, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first respective clarification user interface that provides access to a filtered subset of the collection of media items that are filtered based on the first term and does not provide access to one or more excluded media items from the collection of media items that are not included in the filtered subset of the collection of media items; and in accordance with a determination that the collection of media items does not satisfy the first context criteria relative to the first term, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a second respective clarification user interface different from the first respective clarification user interface, wherein the second respective clarification user interface includes access to the filtered subset of the collection of media items and the one or 507 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 more excluded media items from the collection of media items that are not included in the filtered subset of the collection of media items.

277. The method of any of claims 274-276, wherein: the first media item object corresponds to a first plurality of media items; and the second media item object corresponds to a second plurality of media items different from the first plurality of media items.

278. The method of claim 277, further comprising: while displaying the clarification user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more selection inputs that correspond to the first media item object; and in response to detecting the one or more selection inputs that correspond to the first media item object, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, one or more representations of the content of the first plurality of media items.

279. The method of claim 278, further comprising: while displaying the one or more representations of the content of the first plurality of media items, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first set of user inputs that correspond to selection of a first subset of the first plurality of media items; and in response to detecting the first set of user inputs, associating the first term with the first subset of the first plurality of media items without associating the first term with the second plurality of media items.

280. The method of any of claims 277-279, further comprising: while displaying the clarification user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first set of selection inputs that correspond to selection of the first media item object; and in response to detecting the first set of selection inputs, associating the first term with the first plurality of media items.

281. The method of any of claims 278-280, wherein the clarification user interface further includes: an indication of a first location that corresponds to the first media item object and the first plurality of media items; and 508 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 an indication of a second location that is different from the first location and that corresponds to the second media item object and the second plurality of media items.

282. The method of any of claims 270-281, wherein displaying the clarification user interface further comprises: in accordance with a determination that media items in a collection of media items satisfy first criteria relative to the first term, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a media selection user interface that provides access to a first subset of the collection of media items that are filtered based on the first term; and in accordance with a determination that the collection of media items does not satisfy the first criteria relative to the first term, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a date picker user interface different from the media selection user interface, wherein the date picker user interface includes one or more options for specifying one or more dates.

283. The method of any of claims 270-282, wherein: the clarification user interface includes one or more options for clarifying the first term based on a first type of information; and the clarification user interface further includes a first selectable option that, when selected, causes the computer system to display a second clarification user interface different from the clarification user interface, wherein the second clarification user interface includes a second set of one or more options for clarifying the first term based on a second type of information different from the first type of information.

284. The method of claim 283, wherein the second clarification user interface includes a second set of one or more options for clarifying the first term based on date information.

285. The method of claim 284, wherein the clarification user interface includes: a first displayed user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to display the clarification user interface; and a second displayed user interface object different from the first displayed user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to display the second clarification user interface. 509 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 286. The method of claim 283, wherein the second clarification user interface includes a second set of one or more options for clarifying the first term based on selection of one or more media items.

287. The method of claim 286, wherein: the clarification user interface includes one or more options for clarifying the first term based on selection of one or more events, including: a first event object that corresponds to a first event; and a second event object that corresponds to a second event; and the clarification user interface further includes a selectable object that, when selected, causes the computer system to cease display of the clarification user interface and display the second clarification user interface.

288. The method of claim 286, wherein the clarification user interface includes: a first displayed user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to display the clarification user interface; and a second displayed user interface object different from the first displayed user interface object that, when selected, causes the computer system to display the second clarification user interface.

289. The method of any of claims 270-288, wherein the first term is an indication of one or more locations.

290. The method of any of claims 263-289, further comprising: subsequent to displaying the first prompt, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the first term; and in response to detecting the one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the first term: in accordance with a determination that a second term of the first set of one or more terms different from the first term meets the ambiguity criteria, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a second prompt prompting the user to provide one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the second term of the first set of one or more terms. 510 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 291. The method of claim 290, further comprising: while displaying the second prompt, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more selection inputs corresponding to selection of the second prompt; and in response to detecting the one or more selection inputs corresponding to selection of the second prompt, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a set of options for clarifying the meaning of the second term, wherein the set of options for clarifying the meaning of the second term does not include one or more potential options for clarifying the meaning of the second term based on the one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the first term.

292. The method of any of claims 263-291, further comprising: subsequent to displaying the first prompt, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the first term; and in response to detecting the one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the first term: in accordance with a determination that a second term of the first set of one or more terms different from the first term meets the ambiguity criteria and the one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the first term do not resolve ambiguity of the second term, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a second prompt prompting the user to provide one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the second term of the first set of one or more terms; and in accordance with a determination that the second term of the first set of one or more terms meets the ambiguity criteria and the one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the first term resolve ambiguity of the second term, forgoing display of the second prompt.

293. The method of any of claims 263-292, further comprising: in accordance with a determination that the first term of the set of one or more terms meets second ambiguity criteria different from the ambiguity criteria, performing a first operation based on the first set of one or more terms without displaying the first prompt; and subsequent to performing the first operation based on the first set of one or more terms without displaying the first prompt, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a set of one or more options for clarifying the meaning of the first term. 511 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 294. The method of claim 293, wherein the determination that the first term of the set of one or more terms meets second ambiguity criteria comprises a determination that the first term is determined to have multiple possible meanings, and a first possible meaning of the multiple possible meanings is determined to meet a threshold level of confidence.

295. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 263-294.

296. A computer system that is configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 263-294.

297. A computer system that is configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, comprising: means for performing the method of any of claims 263-294.

298. A computer program product, comprising one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any of claims 263-294.

299. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a first user input that corresponds to a first set of one or more terms; and 512 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 in response to receiving the first user input that corresponds to the first set of one or more terms: in accordance with a determination that a first term of the first set of one or more terms meets ambiguity criteria, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first prompt prompting a user to provide one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the first term.

300. A computer system configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, comprising: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a first user input that corresponds to a first set of one or more terms; and in response to receiving the first user input that corresponds to the first set of one or more terms: in accordance with a determination that a first term of the first set of one or more terms meets ambiguity criteria, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first prompt prompting a user to provide one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the first term.

301. A computer system configured to communicate with one or more display generation components and one or more input devices, comprising: means for receiving, via the one or more input devices, a first user input that corresponds to a first set of one or more terms; and means for, in response to receiving the first user input that corresponds to the first set of one or more terms: in accordance with a determination that a first term of the first set of one or more terms meets ambiguity criteria, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first prompt prompting a user to provide one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the first term.

302. A computer program product, comprising one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with one 513 1616895436Attorney Docket No.: P65063WO1 / 77770000781501 or more display generation components and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a first user input that corresponds to a first set of one or more terms; and in response to receiving the first user input that corresponds to the first set of one or more terms: in accordance with a determination that a first term of the first set of one or more terms meets ambiguity criteria, displaying, via the one or more display generation components, a first prompt prompting a user to provide one or more user inputs clarifying the meaning of the first term. 514 1616895436

Images